#
6f0107d1 |
|
28-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: introduce a feature flag for quiet in CSA When doing CSA in multi-link, there really isn't a need to stop transmissions entirely. Add a feature flag for drivers to indicate they can handle quiet in CSA (be it by parsing themselves, or by implementing drv_pre_channel_switch()), to make that possible. Also clean up the csa_block_tx handling: it clearly cannot handle multi-link due to the way queues are stopped, move it to the sdata. Drivers should be doing it themselves for working properly during CSA in MLO anyway. Also rename it to indicate that it reflects TX was blocked at mac80211. Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095719.258439191541.I2469d206e2bf5cb244cfde2b4bbc2ae6d1cd3dd9@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5ecd5d82 |
|
28-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: pass link conf to abort_channel_switch Pass the link conf to the abort_channel_switch driver method so the driver can handle things correctly. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095718.27f621106ddd.Iadd3d69b722ffe5934779a32a0e4e596a4e33ed4@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e6ee3a37 |
|
28-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: pass link_id to channel switch ops For CSA to work correctly in multi-link scenarios, pass the link_id to the relevant callbacks. While at it, unify/deduplicate the tracing for them. Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095718.b7726635c054.I0be5d00af4acb48cfbd23a9dbf067f9aeb66469d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
68f6c6af |
|
28-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add ieee80211_vif_link_active() helper We sometimes need to check if a link is active, and this is complicated by the fact that active_links has no bits set when the vif isn't (acting as) an MLD. Add a small new helper ieee80211_vif_link_active() to make that a bit easier, and use it in a few places. Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228094901.688760aff5f7.I06892a503f5ecb9563fbd678d35d08daf7a044b0@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04577bfa |
|
28-Feb-2024 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add link id to ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add() In MLO, we need the link id in the GTK key to be given by the driver after rekeying in wowlan, so add that. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228094500.ce1bfc83a680.I43a6f8ab2804ee07116a37d5b9ec601b843464b1@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d73fbaf2 |
|
06-Feb-2024 |
Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: make associated BSS pointer visible to the driver Some drivers need the data in it, so move it to the link conf, which is exposed to the driver. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240206164849.6fe9782b87b4.Ifbffef638f07ca7f5c2b27f40d2cf2942d21de0b@changeid [remove bss pointer from internal struct, update docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6030b3a4 |
|
16-Feb-2024 |
Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: check beacon countdown is complete on per link basis Currently, function to check if beacon countdown is complete uses deflink to fetch the beacon and check the counter. However, with MLO, there is a need to check the counter for the beacon in a particular link. Add support to use link_id in order to fetch the beacon from a particular link data. Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240216144621.514385-2-quic_adisi@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6f656131 |
|
07-Feb-2024 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
wifi: mac80211: remove gfp parameter from ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify Get rid of gfp parameter from ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify since it is no longer used. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Acked-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/f91e1c78896408ac556586ba8c99e4e389aeba02.1707389901.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04ada859 |
|
30-Jan-2024 |
Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support to call csa_finish on a link Currently ieee80211_csa_finish() function finalizes CSA by scheduling a finalizing worker using the deflink. With MLO, there is a need to do it on a given link basis. Pass link ID of the link on which CSA needs to be finalized. Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240130140918.1172387-6-quic_adisi@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
480e7048 |
|
30-Jan-2024 |
Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: update beacon counters per link basis Currently, function to update beacon counter uses deflink to fetch the beacon and then update the counter. However, with MLO, there is a need to update the counter for the beacon in a particular link. Add support to use link_id in order to fetch the beacon from a particular link data during beacon update counter. Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240130140918.1172387-3-quic_adisi@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b82730bf |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211/mac80211: move puncturing into chandef Aloka originally suggested that puncturing should be part of the chandef, so that it's treated correctly. At the time, I disagreed and it ended up not part of the chandef, but I've now realized that this was wrong. Even for clients, the RX, and perhaps more importantly, CCA configuration needs to take puncturing into account. Move puncturing into the chandef, and adjust all the code accordingly. Also add a few tests for puncturing in chandef compatibility checking. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-wireless/20220214223051.3610-1-quic_alokad@quicinc.com/ Suggested-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.307183a5d2e5.I4d7fe2f126b2366c1312010e2900dfb2abffa0f6@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
761748f0 |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: support wider bandwidth OFDMA config EHT requires that stations are able to participate in wider bandwidth OFDMA, i.e. parse downlink OFDMA and uplink OFDMA triggers when they're not capable of (or not connected at) the (wider) bandwidth that the AP is using. This requires hardware configuration, since the entity responsible for parsing (possibly hardware) needs to know the AP bandwidth. To support this, change the channel request to have the AP's bandwidth for clients, and track that in the channel context in mac80211. This means that the same chandef might need to be split up into two different contexts, if the APs are different. Interfaces other than client are not participating in OFDMA the same way, so they don't request any AP setting. Note that this doesn't introduce any API to split a channel context, so that there are cases where this might lead to a disconnect, e.g. if there are two client interfaces using the same channel context, e.g. both 160 MHz connected to different 320 MHz APs, and one of the APs switches to 160 MHz. Note also there are possible cases where this can be optimised, e.g. when using the upper or lower 160 Mhz, but I haven't been able to really fully understand the spec and/or hardware limitations. If, for some reason, there are no hardware limits on this because the OFDMA (downlink/trigger) parsing is done in firmware and can take the transmitter into account, then drivers can set the new flag IEEE80211_VIF_IGNORE_OFDMA_WIDER_BW on interfaces to not have them request any AP bandwidth in the channel context and ignore this issue entirely. The bss_conf still contains the AP configuration (if any, i.e. EHT) in the chanreq. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.d3d5b35dd783.I939d04674f4ff06f39934b1591c8d36a30ce74c2@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6092077a |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: introduce 'channel request' For channel contexts, mac80211 currently uses the cfg80211 chandef struct (control channel, center freq(s), width) to define towards drivers and internally how these behave. In fact, there are _two_ such structs used, where the min_def can reduce bandwidth according to the stations connected. Unfortunately, with EHT this is longer be sufficient, at least not for all hardware. EHT requires that non-AP STAs that are connected to an AP with a lower bandwidth than it (the AP) advertises (e.g. 160 MHz STA connected to 320 MHz AP) still be able to receive downlink OFDMA and respond to trigger frames for uplink OFDMA that specify the position and bandwidth for the non-AP STA relative to the channel the AP is using. Therefore, they need to be aware of this, and at least for some hardware (e.g. Intel) this awareness is in the hardware. As a result, use of the "same" channel may need to be split over two channel contexts where they differ by the AP being used. As a first step, introduce a concept of a channel request ('chanreq') for each interface, to control the context it requests. This step does nothing but reorganise the code, so that later the AP's chandef can be added to the request in order to handle the EHT case described above. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.2e88e48bd2e9.I4256183debe975c5ed71621611206fdbb69ba330@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0a44dfc0 |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: simplify non-chanctx drivers There are still surprisingly many non-chanctx drivers, but in mac80211 that code is a bit awkward. Simplify this by having those drivers assign 'emulated' ops, so that the mac80211 code can be more unified between non-chanctx/chanctx drivers. This cuts the number of places caring about it by about 15, which are scattered across - now they're fewer and no longer in the channel context handling. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.6d0ead50f5cf.I60d093b2fc81ca1853925a4d0ac3a2337d5baa5b@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3b220ed8 |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for SPP A-MSDUs If software crypto is used, simply add support for SPP A-MSDUs (and use it whenever enabled as required by the cfg80211 API). If hardware crypto is used, leave it up to the driver to set the NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT flag and then check sta->spp_amsdu or the IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU key flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Gabay <daniel.gabay@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.b8ada4514e2b.I1ac25d5f158165b5a88062a5a5e4c4fbeecf9a5d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f7660b3f |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for negotiated TTLM request Update neg_ttlm and active_links according to the new mapping, and send a negotiated TID-to-link map request with the new mapping. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.eeb385d771df.I2a5441c14421de884dbd93d1624ce7bb2c944833@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8f500fbc |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: process and save negotiated TID to Link mapping request An MLD may send TID-to-Link mapping request frame to negotiate TID to link mapping with a peer MLD. Support handling negotiated TID-to-Link mapping request frame by parsing the frame, asking the driver whether it supports the received mapping or not, and sending a TID-to-Link mapping response to the AP MLD. Theoretically, links that became inactive due to the received TID-to-Link mapping request, can be selected to be activated but this would require tearing down the negotiated TID-to-Link mapping, which is still not supported. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.0bc1a24fcc9d.Ie72e47dc6f8c77d4a2f0947b775ef6367fe0edac@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e993af2e |
|
20-Dec-2023 |
Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add a driver callback to check active_links During ieee80211_set_active_links() we do (among the others): 1. Call drv_change_vif_links() with both old_active and new_active 2. Unassign the chanctx for the removed link(s) (if any) 3. Assign chanctx to the added link(s) (if any) 4. Call drv_change_vif_links() with the new_active links bitmap The problem here is that during step #1 the driver doesn't know whether we will activate multiple links simultaneously or are just doing a link switch, so it can't check there if multiple links are supported/enabled. (Some of the drivers might enable/disable this option dynamically) And during step #3, in which the driver already knows that, returning an error code (for example when multiple links are not supported or disabled), will cause a warning, and we will still complete the transition to the new_active links. (It is hard to undo things in that stage, since we released channels etc.) Therefore add a driver callback to check if the desired new_active links will be supported by the driver or not. This callback will be called in the beginning of ieee80211_set_active_links() so we won't do anything before we are sure it is supported. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231220133549.64c4d70b33b8.I79708619be76b8ecd4ef3975205b8f903e24a2cd@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e62c0fcc |
|
20-Dec-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: allow 64-bit radiotap timestamps When reporting the radiotap timestamp, the mactime field is usually unused, we take the data from the device_timestamp. However, there can be cases where the radiotap timestamp is better reported as a 64-bit value, so since the mactime is free, add a flag to support using the mactime as a 64-bit radiotap timestamp. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231220133549.00c8b9234f0c.Ie3ce5eae33cce88fa01178e7aea94661ded1ac24@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d5b6f6d5 |
|
20-Dec-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: rework RX timestamp flags We only have a single flag free, and before using that for another mactime flag, instead refactor the mactime flags to use a 2-bit field. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231220133549.d0e664832d14.I20c8900106f9bf81316bed778b1e3ce145785274@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
756df985 |
|
20-Dec-2023 |
Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> |
wifi: mac80211: address some kerneldoc warnings include/net/mac80111.h contains a number of either excess or incorrect kerneldoc entries for structure members, leading to these warnings: ./include/net/mac80211.h:491: warning: Excess struct member 'rssi' description in 'ieee80211_event' ./include/net/mac80211.h:491: warning: Excess struct member 'mlme' description in 'ieee80211_event' ./include/net/mac80211.h:491: warning: Excess struct member 'ba' description in 'ieee80211_event' ./include/net/mac80211.h:777: warning: Excess struct member 'ack_enabled' description in 'ieee80211_bss_conf' ./include/net/mac80211.h:1222: warning: Excess struct member 'ampdu_ack_len' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info' ./include/net/mac80211.h:1222: warning: Excess struct member 'ampdu_len' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info' ./include/net/mac80211.h:1222: warning: Excess struct member 'ack_signal' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info' ./include/net/mac80211.h:2920: warning: Excess struct member 'radiotap_he' description in 'ieee80211_hw' Fix or remove the entries as needed. This change removes 208 warnings from a "make htmldocs" build. Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Link: https://msgid.link/87zfy4bhxo.fsf@meer.lwn.net Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42b941cd |
|
11-Dec-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add a flag to disallow puncturing There may be cases where puncturing isn't possible, and a connection needs to be downgraded. Add a hardware flag to support this. This is likely temporary: it seems we will need to move puncturing to the chandef/channel context. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231211085121.c1e89ea55e93.I37b8ca0ee64d5d7699e351785a9010afc106da3c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9adc8b65 |
|
11-Dec-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: update some locking documentation With the locking rework, more functions need to be called with the wiphy mutex held. Document that, and for that use the "Context" description that shows up more nicely in the generated documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231211085121.24fa44c7eeb4.I8c9e030ddd78e07c99dd21fe1d5156555390f92e@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2703bc85 |
|
12-Oct-2023 |
Kalle Valo <quic_kvalo@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: rename ieee80211_tx_status() to ieee80211_tx_status_skb() make htmldocs warns: Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211:109: ./include/net/mac80211.h:5170: WARNING: Duplicate C declaration, also defined at mac80211:1117. Declaration is '.. c:function:: void ieee80211_tx_status (struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)'. This is because there's a function named ieee80211_tx_status() and a struct named ieee80211_tx_status. This has been discussed previously but no solution found: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20220521114629.6ee9fc06@coco.lan/ There's also a bug open for three years with no solution in sight: https://github.com/sphinx-doc/sphinx/pull/8313 So I guess we have no other solution than to a workaround this in the code, for example to rename the function to ieee80211_tx_status_skb() to avoid the name conflict. I got the idea for the name from ieee80211_tx_status_noskb() in which the skb is not provided as an argument, instead with ieee80211_tx_status_skb() the skb is provided. Compile tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <quic_kvalo@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231012114229.2931808-2-kvalo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cbb56fba |
|
01-Oct-2023 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wifi: mac80211: fix header kernel-doc typos Correct typos and fix run-on sentences. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@kernel.org> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231001191633.19090-2-rdunlap@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e76f3b4a |
|
28-Sep-2023 |
Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add link id to mgd_prepare_tx() As we are moving to MLO and links terms, also the airtime protection will be done for a link rather than for a vif. Thus, some drivers will need to know for which link to protect airtime. Add link id as a parameter to the mgd_prepare_tx() callback. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.c7fc59a6780b.Ic88a5037d31e184a2dce0b031ece1a0a93a3a9da@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
271d14b3 |
|
28-Sep-2023 |
Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: make mgd_protect_tdls_discover MLO-aware Since userspace can choose now what link to establish the TDLS on, we should know on what channel to do session protection. Add a link id parameter to this callback. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.ef12ce3eb835.If864f406cfd9e24f36a2b88fd13a37328633fcf9@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
00f823b6 |
|
28-Sep-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Rename and update IEEE80211_VIF_DISABLE_SMPS_OVERRIDE EMLSR operation and SMPS operation cannot coexist. Thus, when EMLSR is enabled, all SMPS signaling towards the AP should be stopped (it is expected that the AP will consider SMPS to be off). Rename IEEE80211_VIF_DISABLE_SMPS_OVERRIDE to IEEE80211_VIF_EML_ACTIVE and use the flag as an indication from the driver that EMLSR is enabled. When EMLSR is enabled SMPS flows towards the AP MLD should be stopped. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.fb2c2f9a0645.If6df5357568abd623a081f0f33b07e63fb8bba99@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a1f5dcb1 |
|
28-Sep-2023 |
Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add a driver callback to add vif debugfs Add a callback which the driver can use to add the vif debugfs. We used to have this back until commit d260ff12e776 ("mac80211: remove vif debugfs driver callbacks") where we thought that it will be easier to just add them during interface add/remove. However, now with multi-link, we want to have proper debugfs for drivers for multi-link where some files might be in the netdev for non-MLO connections, and in the links for MLO ones, so we need to do some reconstruction when switching the mode. Moving to this new call enables that and MLO drivers will have to use it for proper debugfs operation. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.ac38913f6ab7.Iee731d746bb08fcc628fa776f337016a12dc62ac@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ef246a14 |
|
20-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: support antenna control in injection Support antenna control for injection by parsing the antenna radiotap field (which may be presented multiple times) and telling the driver about the resulting antenna bitmap. Of course there's no guarantee the driver will actually honour this, just like any other injection control. If misconfigured, i.e. the injected HT/VHT MCS needs more chains than antennas are configured, the bitmap is reset to zero, indicating no selection. For now this is only set up for two anntenas so we keep more free bits, but that can be trivially extended if any driver implements support for it that can deal with hardware with more antennas. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230920211508.f71001aa4da9.I00ccb762a806ea62bc3d728fa3a0d29f4f285eeb@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
041a74cb |
|
20-Sep-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Notify the low level driver on change in MLO valid links Notify the low level driver when there is change in the valid links. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230920211508.4fc85b0a51b0.I64238e0e892709a2bd4764b3bca93cdcf021e2fd@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e865c827 |
|
20-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: allow for_each_sta_active_link() under RCU Since we only use this to protect the dereference and with STA mutex, we can also allow this with just RCU. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230920211508.73c3e04985f4.I52ef396d693e0e381a73eade06850137d8900948@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8a58fc1c |
|
20-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: relax RCU check in for_each_vif_active_link() To iterate the vif links we don't necessarily need to be in an RCU critical section, it's also possible to hold the sdata/wdev mutex. Annotate for_each_vif_active_link() accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230920211508.858921bd2860.I01f456be8ce2a4fbd15e0d44302e2f7d72e91987@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6b348f6e |
|
19-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: ethtool: always hold wiphy mutex Drivers should really be able to rely on the wiphy mutex being held all the time, unless otherwise documented. For ethtool, that wasn't quite right. Fix and clarify this in both code and documentation. Reported-by: syzbot+c12a771b218dcbba32e1@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 0e8185ce1dde ("wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3e99b4d2 |
|
13-Feb-2023 |
Stephen Douthit <stephen.douthit@gmail.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Sanity check tx bitrate if not provided by driver If the driver doesn't fill NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE in sta_set_sinfo() then as a fallback sta->deflink.tx_stats.last_rate is used. Unfortunately there's no guarantee that this has actually been set before it's used. Originally found when 'iw <dev> link' would always return a tx rate of 6Mbps regardless of actual link speed for the QCA9337 running firmware WLAN.TF.2.1-00021-QCARMSWP-1 in my netbook. Use the sanity check logic from ieee80211_fill_rx_status() and refactor that to use the new inline function. Signed-off-by: Stephen Douthit <stephen.douthit@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230213204024.3377-1-stephen.douthit@gmail.com [change to bool ..._rate_valid() instead of int ..._rate_invalid()] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a469a593 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for mld in ieee80211_chswitch_done This allows to finalize the CSA per link. In case the switch didn't work, tear down the MLD connection. Also pass the ieee80211_bss_conf to post_channel_switch to let the driver know which link completed the switch. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230828130311.3d3eacc88436.Ic2d14e2285aa1646216a56806cfd4a8d0054437c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
076fc877 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove wdev mutex Since we're now protecting everything with the wiphy mutex (and were really using it for almost everything before), there's no longer any real reason to have a separate wdev mutex. It may feel better, but really has no value. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f498f6ab |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: rework ack_frame_id handling a bit Take one more free bit to indicate it's IDR vs. internal usage, to be able to carve out some bits here for other internal usage, other than IDR handling with a full ACK SKB, that is. Reviewed-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a7a2ef0c |
|
23-Jun-2023 |
Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_tx_info padding explicit While looking at a bug, I got rather confused by the layout of the 'status' field in ieee80211_tx_info. Apparently, the intention is that status_driver_data[] is used for driver specific data, and fills up the size of the union to 40 bytes, just like the other ones. This is indeed what actually happens, but only because of the combination of two mistakes: - "void *status_driver_data[18 / sizeof(void *)];" is intended to be 18 bytes long but is actually two bytes shorter because of rounding-down in the division, to a multiple of the pointer size (4 bytes or 8 bytes). - The other fields combined are intended to be 22 bytes long, but are actually 24 bytes because of padding in front of the unaligned tx_time member, and in front of the pointer array. The two mistakes cancel out. so the size ends up fine, but it seems more helpful to make this explicit, by having a multiple of 8 bytes in the size calculation and explicitly describing the padding. Fixes: ea5907db2a9cc ("mac80211: fix struct ieee80211_tx_info size") Fixes: 02219b3abca59 ("mac80211: add WMM admission control support") Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230623152443.2296825-2-arnd@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c6662a4b |
|
10-Jul-2023 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wifi: mac80211: fix kernel-doc notation warning Add description for struct member 'agg' to prevent a kernel-doc warning. mac80211.h:2289: warning: Function parameter or member 'agg' not described in 'ieee80211_link_sta' Fixes: 4c51541ddb78 ("wifi: mac80211: keep A-MSDU data in sta and per-link") Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230710230312.31197-10-rdunlap@infradead.org [reword the kernel-doc comment] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b98c1610 |
|
17-Aug-2023 |
Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com> |
wifi: mac80211: limit reorder_buf_filtered to avoid UBSAN warning The commit 06470f7468c8 ("mac80211: add API to allow filtering frames in BA sessions") added reorder_buf_filtered to mark frames filtered by firmware, and it can only work correctly if hw.max_rx_aggregation_subframes <= 64 since it stores the bitmap in a u64 variable. However, new HE or EHT devices can support BlockAck number up to 256 or 1024, and then using a higher subframe index leads UBSAN warning: UBSAN: shift-out-of-bounds in net/mac80211/rx.c:1129:39 shift exponent 215 is too large for 64-bit type 'long long unsigned int' Call Trace: <IRQ> dump_stack_lvl+0x48/0x70 dump_stack+0x10/0x20 __ubsan_handle_shift_out_of_bounds+0x1ac/0x360 ieee80211_release_reorder_frame.constprop.0.cold+0x64/0x69 [mac80211] ieee80211_sta_reorder_release+0x9c/0x400 [mac80211] ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0x1234/0x1420 [mac80211] ieee80211_rx_list+0xaef/0xf60 [mac80211] ieee80211_rx_napi+0x53/0xd0 [mac80211] Since only old hardware that supports <=64 BlockAck uses ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(), limit the use as it is, so add a WARN_ONCE() and comment to note to avoid using this function if hardware capability is not suitable. Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230818014004.16177-1-pkshih@realtek.com [edit commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d33ed97d |
|
21-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix documentation config reference We shouldn't refer to CPTCFG_, that's for backports, in mainline that's just CONFIG_. Fix it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6d543b34 |
|
08-Jun-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Support disabled links during association When the association is complete, do not configure disabled links, and track them as part of the interface data. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608163202.c194fabeb81a.Iaefdef5ba0492afe9a5ede14c68060a4af36e444@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
43ea0928 |
|
10-Jun-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Do not use "non-MLD AP" syntax Instead clarify the cases where link ID == 0 is intended for an AP STA that is not part of an AP MLD. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230611121219.77236a2e26ad.I8193ca8e236c9eb015870471f77a7d5134da3156@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f1871abd |
|
08-Jun-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Add getter functions for vif MLD state As a preparation to support disabled/dormant links, add the following function: - ieee80211_vif_usable_links(): returns the bitmap of the links that can be activated. Use this function in all the places that the bitmap of the usable links is needed. - ieee80211_vif_is_mld(): returns true iff the vif is an MLD. Use this function in all the places where an indication that the connection is a MLD is needed. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608163202.86e3351da1fc.If6fe3a339fda2019f13f57ff768ecffb711b710a@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bc1be54d |
|
08-Jun-2023 |
Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: allow disabling SMPS debugfs controls There are cases in which we don't want the user to override the smps mode, e.g. when SMPS should be disabled due to EMLSR. Add a driver flag to disable SMPS overriding and don't override if it is set. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608163202.ef129e80556c.I74a298fdc86b87074c95228d3916739de1400597@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ec7291e |
|
03-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add helpers to access sband iftype data There's quite a bit of code accessing sband iftype data (HE, HE 6 GHz, EHT) and we always need to remember to use the ieee80211_vif_type_p2p() helper. Add new helpers to directly get it from the sband/vif rather than having to call ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(). Convert most code with the following spatch: @@ expression vif, sband; @@ -ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif)) +ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap_vif(sband, vif) @@ expression vif, sband; @@ -ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif)) +ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap_vif(sband, vif) @@ expression vif, sband; @@ -ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif)) +ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa_vif(sband, vif) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230604120651.db099f49e764.Ie892966c49e22c7b7ee1073bc684f142debfdc84@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
29c6e2dc |
|
03-Jun-2023 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: provide a helper to fetch the medium synchronization delay There are drivers which need this information. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230604120651.b1043f3126e2.Iad3806f8bf8df07f52ef0a02cc3d0373c44a8c93@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ce2bb3b6 |
|
04-May-2023 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fetch and store the EML capability information We need to teach the low level driver about the EML capability which includes information for EMLSR / EMLMR operation. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230504134511.828474-11-gregory.greenman@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9ae708f0 |
|
17-Apr-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: remove ieee80211_tx_status_8023 It is unused and should not be used. In order to avoid limitations in 4-address mode, the driver should always use ieee80211_tx_status_ext for 802.3 frames with a valid sta pointer. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230417133751.79160-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d00800a2 |
|
31-Mar-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add flush_sta method Some drivers like iwlwifi might have per-STA queues, so we may want to flush/drop just those queues rather than all when removing a station. Add a separate method for that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bd54f3c2 |
|
05-Dec-2022 |
Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: generate EMA beacons in AP mode Add APIs to generate an array of beacons for an EMA AP (enhanced multiple BSSID advertisements), each including a single MBSSID element. EMA profile periodicity equals the count of elements. - ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list() - Generate and return all EMA beacon templates. Drivers must call ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list() to free the memory. No change in the prototype for the existing API, ieee80211_beacon_get_template(), which should be used for non-EMA AP. - ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_index() - Generate a beacon which includes the multiple BSSID element at the given index. Drivers can use this function in a loop until NULL is returned which indicates end of available MBSSID elements. - ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list() - free the memory allocated for the list of EMA beacon templates. Modify existing functions ieee80211_beacon_get_ap(), ieee80211_get_mbssid_beacon_len() and ieee80211_beacon_add_mbssid() to accept a new parameter for EMA index. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Co-developed-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221206005040.3177-2-quic_alokad@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
61587f15 |
|
21-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for letting drivers register tc offload support On newer MediaTek SoCs (e.g. MT7986), WLAN->WLAN or WLAN->Ethernet flows can be offloaded by the SoC. In order to support that, the .ndo_setup_tc op is needed. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230321091248.30947-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ad7dd94 |
|
17-Feb-2023 |
Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add LDPC related flags in ieee80211_bss_conf This is utilized to pass LDPC configurations from user space (i.e. hostapd) to driver. Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1de696aaa34efd77a926eb657b8c0fda05aaa177.1676628065.git.ryder.lee@mediatek.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f4d1181e |
|
17-Feb-2023 |
Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add EHT MU-MIMO related flags in ieee80211_bss_conf Similar to VHT/HE. This is utilized to pass MU-MIMO configurations from user space (i.e. hostapd) to driver. Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/8d9966c4c1e77cb1ade77d42bdc49905609192e9.1676628065.git.ryder.lee@mediatek.com [move into combined if statement, reset on !eht] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5383bfff |
|
17-Feb-2023 |
Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> |
wifi: mac80211: introduce ieee80211_refresh_tx_agg_session_timer() This allows low level drivers to refresh the tx agg session timer, based on querying stats from the firmware usually. Especially for some mt76 devices support .net_fill_forward_path would bypass mac80211, which leads to tx BA session timeout clients that set a timeout in their AddBA response to our request, even if our request is without a timeout. Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/7c3f72eac1c34921cd84a462e60d71e125862152.1676616450.git.ryder.lee@mediatek.com [slightly clarify commit message, add note about RCU] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9179dff8 |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for driver adding radiotap TLVs The new TLV format enables adding TLVs after the fixed fields in radiotap, as part of the radiotap header. Support this and move vendor data to the TLV format, allowing a reuse of the RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA as the new RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_TLV_AT_END flag. Signed-off-by: Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.b18fd5da8477.I576400ec40a7b35ef97a3b09a99b3a49e9174786@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
170cd6a6 |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add netdev per-link debugfs data and driver hook This adds the infrastructure to have netdev specific per-link data both for mac80211 and the driver in debugfs. For the driver, a new callback is added which is only used if MLO is supported. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.fb4c947e4df8.I69b3516ddf4c8a7501b395f652d6063444ecad63@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e1f113cc |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add pointer from bss_conf to vif While often not needed, this considerably simplifies going from a link specific bss_config to the vif. This helps with e.g. creating link specific debugfs entries inside drivers. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.46f701a10ed5.I20390b2a8165ff222d66585915689206ea93222b@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
81202305 |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for set_hw_timestamp command Support the set_hw_timestamp callback for enabling and disabling HW timestamping if the low level driver supports it. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.700ded7badde.Ib2f7c228256ce313a04d3d9f9ecc6c7b9aa602bb@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2cc25e4b |
|
30-Jan-2023 |
Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: configure puncturing bitmap - Configure the bitmap in link_conf and notify the driver. - Modify 'change' in ieee80211_start_ap() from u32 to u64 to support BSS_CHANGED_EHT_PUNCTURING. - Propagate the bitmap in channel switch events to userspace. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230131001227.25014-5-quic_alokad@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
aa87cd8b |
|
26-Jan-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: mlme: handle EHT channel puncturing Handle the Puncturing info received from the AP in the EHT Operation element in beacons. If the info is invalid: - during association: disable EHT connection for the AP - after association: disconnect This commit includes many (internal) bugfixes and spec updates various people. Co-developed-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230127123930.4fbc74582331.I3547481d49f958389f59dfeba3fcc75e72b0aa6e@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
82253dda |
|
19-Jan-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: drop extra 'e' from ieeee80211... name Somehow an extra 'e' slipped in there without anyone noticing, drop that from ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
41ade47c |
|
19-Jan-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add kernel-doc for EHT structure Looks like this is required, even if all of the members are separately described. Add a line to avoid the warning. Fixes: f66c48af7a11 ("mac80211: support minimal EHT rate reporting on RX") Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f66c48af |
|
09-Jan-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support minimal EHT rate reporting on RX Add minimal support for RX EHT rate reporting, not yet adding (modifying) any radiotap headers, just statistics for cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b1b3297d |
|
05-Oct-2022 |
Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Add HE MU-MIMO related flags in ieee80211_bss_conf Adding flags for SU Beamformer, SU Beamformee, MU Beamformer and Full Bandwidth UL MU-MIMO for HE. This is utilized to pass MU-MIMO configurations from user space to driver in AP mode. Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1665006886-23874-2-git-send-email-quic_msinada@quicinc.com [fixed indentation, removed redundant !!] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42470fa0 |
|
05-Oct-2022 |
Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Add VHT MU-MIMO related flags in ieee80211_bss_conf Adding flags for SU Beamformer, SU Beamformee, MU Beamformer and MU Beamformee for VHT. This is utilized to pass MU-MIMO configurations from user space to driver in AP mode. Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1665006886-23874-1-git-send-email-quic_msinada@quicinc.com [fixed indentation, removed redundant !!] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
952f6c9d |
|
26-Dec-2022 |
Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Drop stations iterator where the iterator function may sleep This reverts commit acb99b9b2a08f ("mac80211: Add stations iterator where the iterator function may sleep"). A different approach was found for the rtw88 driver where most of the problematic locks were converted to a driver-local mutex. Drop ieee80211_iterate_stations() because there are no users of that function. Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221226191609.2934234-1-martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4444bc21 |
|
30-Dec-2022 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
wifi: mac80211: Proper mark iTXQs for resumption When a running wake_tx_queue() call is aborted due to a hw queue stop the corresponding iTXQ is not always correctly marked for resumption: wake_tx_push_queue() can stops the queue run without setting @IEEE80211_TXQ_STOP_NETIF_TX. Without the @IEEE80211_TXQ_STOP_NETIF_TX flag __ieee80211_wake_txqs() will not schedule a new queue run and remaining frames in the queue get stuck till another frame is queued to it. Fix the issue for all drivers - also the ones with custom wake_tx_queue callbacks - by moving the logic into ieee80211_tx_dequeue() and drop the redundant @txqs_stopped. @IEEE80211_TXQ_STOP_NETIF_TX is also renamed to @IEEE80211_TXQ_DIRTY to better describe the flag. Fixes: c850e31f79f0 ("wifi: mac80211: add internal handler for wake_tx_queue") Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221230121850.218810-1-alexander@wetzel-home.de Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7d360f60 |
|
10-Oct-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for restricting netdev features per vif This can be used to selectively disable feature flags for checksum offload, scatter/gather or GSO by changing vif->netdev_features. Removing features from vif->netdev_features does not affect the netdev features themselves, but instead fixes up skbs in the tx path so that the offloads are not needed in the driver. Aside from making it easier to deal with vif type based hardware limitations, this also makes it possible to optimize performance on hardware without native GSO support by declaring GSO support in hw->netdev_features and removing it from vif->netdev_features. This allows mac80211 to handle GSO segmentation after the sta lookup, but before itxq enqueue, thus reducing the number of unnecessary sta lookups, as well as some other per-packet processing. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221010094338.78070-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c850e31f |
|
09-Oct-2022 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
wifi: mac80211: add internal handler for wake_tx_queue Start to align the TX handling to only use internal TX queues (iTXQs): Provide a handler for drivers not having a custom wake_tx_queue callback and update the documentation. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f3630c4f |
|
27-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add RCU _check() link access variants We might sometimes need to use RCU and locking in the same code path, so add the two variants link_conf_dereference_check() and link_sta_dereference_check(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d2caad52 |
|
06-Sep-2022 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add API to show the link STAs in debugfs Create debugfs data per-link. For drivers, there is a new operation link_sta_add_debugfs which will always be called. For non-MLO, the station directory will be used directly rather than creating a corresponding subdirectory. As such, non-MLO drivers can simply continue to create the data from sta_debugfs_add. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> [add missing inlines if !CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1d9e4c91 |
|
06-Sep-2022 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add pointer from link STA to STA While often not needed, this considerably simplifies going from a link to the STA. This helps in cases such as debugfs where a single pointer should allow accessing a specific link and the STA. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3d901102 |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: implement link switching Implement an API function and debugfs file to switch active links. Also provide an async version of the API so drivers can call it in arbitrary contexts, e.g. while in the authorized callback. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4c51541d |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: keep A-MSDU data in sta and per-link The A-MSDU data needs to be stored per-link and aggregated into a single value for the station. Add a new struct ieee_80211_sta_aggregates in order to store this data and a new function ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates to update the current data for the STA. Note that in the non MLO case the pointer in ieee80211_sta will directly reference the data in deflink.agg, which means that recalculation may be skipped in that case. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
65fd846c |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add vif/sta link RCU dereference macros Add macros (and an exported function) to allow checking some link RCU protected accesses that are happening in callbacks from mac80211 and are thus under the correct lock. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0ab26380 |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: extend ieee80211_nullfunc_get() for MLO Add a link_id parameter to ieee80211_nullfunc_get() to be able to obtain a correctly addressed frame. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ffa9598e |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs API Add a new API function ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs() that looks up the STA and link ID based on interface and station link addresses. We're going to use it for mac80211-hwsim to track on the AP side which links are active. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
efe9c2bf |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: isolate driver from inactive links In order to let the driver select active links and properly make multi-link connections, as a first step isolate the driver from inactive links, and set the active links to be only the association link for client-side interfaces. For AP side nothing changes since APs always have to have all their links active. To simplify things, update the for_each_sta_active_link() API to include the appropriate vif pointer. This also implies not allocating a chanctx for an inactive link, which requires a few more changes. Since we now no longer try to program multiple links to the driver, remove the check in the MLME code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
261ce887 |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: make smps_mode per-link The SMPS power save mode needs to be per-link rather than being shared for all links. As such, move it into struct ieee80211_link_sta. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c73993b8 |
|
19-Aug-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: maintain link_id in link_sta To helper drivers if they e.g. have a lookup of the link_sta pointer, add the link ID to the link_sta structure. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ea9d807b |
|
17-Aug-2022 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <quic_vthiagar@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add link information in ieee80211_rx_status In MLO, when the address translation from link to MLD is done in fw/hw, it is necessary to be able to have some information on the link on which the frame has been received. Extend the rx API to include link_id and a valid flag in ieee80211_rx_status. Also make chanes to mac80211 rx APIs to make use of the reported link_id after sanity checks. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <quic_vthiagar@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220817104213.2531-2-quic_vthiagar@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ccdde7c7 |
|
17-Aug-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: properly implement MLO key handling Implement key installation and lookup (on TX and RX) for MLO, so we can use multiple GTKs/IGTKs/BIGTKs. Co-authored-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9f781533 |
|
11-Jul-2022 |
Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add macros to loop over active links Add a preliminary version which will be updated later to loop over vif's and sta's active links. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
963d0e8d |
|
21-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: optionally implement MLO multicast TX For drivers using software encryption for multicast TX, such as mac80211_hwsim, mac80211 needs to duplicate the multicast frames on each link, if MLO is enabled. Do this, but don't just make it dependent on the key but provide a separate flag for drivers to opt out of this. This is not very efficient, I expect that drivers will do it in firmware/hardware or at least with DMA engine assistence, so this is mostly for hwsim. To make this work, also implement the SNS11 sequence number space that an AP MLD shall have, and modify the API to the __ieee80211_subif_start_xmit() function to always require the link ID bits to be set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e1e68b14 |
|
18-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: expand ieee80211_mgmt_tx() for MLO There are a couple of new things that should be possible with MLO: * selecting the link to transmit to a station by link ID, which a previous patch added to the nl80211 API * selecting the link by frequency, similarly * allowing transmittion to an MLD without specifying any channel or link ID, with MLD addresses Enable these use cases. Also fix the address comparison in client mode to use the AP (MLD) address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f9202638 |
|
26-Jan-2022 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add hardware timestamps for RX and TX When the low level driver reports hardware timestamps for frame TX status or frame RX, pass the timestamps to cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3e0278b7 |
|
12-Jul-2022 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: select link when transmitting to non-MLO stations When an MLO AP is transmitting to a non-MLO station, addr2 should be set to a link address. This should be done before the frame is encrypted as otherwise aad verification would fail. In case of software encryption this can't be left for the device to handle, and should be done by mac80211 when building the frame hdr. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7840bd46 |
|
03-Jul-2022 |
Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove link_id parameter from link_info_changed() Since struct ieee80211_bss_conf already contains link_id, passing link_id is not necessary. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
727eff4d |
|
03-Jul-2022 |
Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: replace link_id with link_conf in switch/(un)assign_vif_chanctx() Since mac80211 already has a protected pointer to link_conf, pass it to the driver to avoid additional RCU locking. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b327c84c |
|
28-Jun-2022 |
Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: replace link_id with link_conf in start/stop_ap() When calling start/stop_ap(), mac80211 already has a protected link_conf pointer. Pass it to the driver, so it shouldn't handle RCU protection. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b65567b0 |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: mlme: track AP (MLD) address separately To prepare a bit more for MLO in the client code, track the AP's address (for now only the BSSID, but will track the AP MLD's address later) separately from the per-link BSSID. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b3e2130b |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: change QoS settings API to take link into account Take the link into account in the QoS settings (EDCA parameters) APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a3b8008d |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move ps setting to vif config This really shouldn't be in a per-link config, we don't want to let anyone control it that way (if anything, link powersave could be forced through APIs to activate/deactivate a link), and we don't support powersave in software with devices that can do MLO. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3fbddae4 |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: provide link ID in link_conf It might be useful to drivers to be able to pass only the link_conf pointer, rather than both the pointer and the link_id; add the link_id to the link_conf to facility that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8675a63 |
|
17-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: RCU-ify link/link_conf pointers Since links can be added and removed dynamically, we need to somehow protect the sdata->link[] and vif->link_conf[] array pointers from disappearing when accessing them without locks. RCU-ify the pointers to achieve this, which requires quite a bit of rework. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
942741da |
|
25-Jun-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: switch airtime fairness back to deficit round-robin scheduling This reverts commits 6a789ba679d652587532cec2a0e0274fda172f3b and 2433647bc8d983a543e7d31b41ca2de1c7e2c198. The virtual time scheduler code has a number of issues: - queues slowed down by hardware/firmware powersave handling were not properly handled. - on ath10k in push-pull mode, tx queues that the driver tries to pull from were starved, causing excessive latency - delay between tx enqueue and reported airtime use were causing excessively bursty tx behavior The bursty behavior may also be present on the round-robin scheduler, but there it is much easier to fix without introducing additional regressions Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220625212411.36675-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7f884baa |
|
01-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix a kernel-doc complaint Somehow kernel-doc complains here about strong markup, but we really don't need the [] so just remove that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
82757b79 |
|
28-Jun-2022 |
Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> |
wifi: mac80211: add a missing comma at kernel-doc markup The lack of the colon makes it not parse the function parameter: include/net/mac80211.h:6250: warning: Function parameter or member 'vif' not described in 'ieee80211_channel_switch_disconnect' Fix it. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/11c1bdb861d89c93058fcfe312749b482851cbdb.1656409369.git.mchehab@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c71420db |
|
15-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: RCU-ify link STA pointers We need to be able to access these in a race-free way under traffic while adding/removing them, so RCU-ify the pointers. This requires passing a link_sta to a lot of functions so we don't have to do the RCU handling everywhere. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6e8912a5 |
|
06-Jun-2022 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: return a beacon for a specific link Pass the link id through to the get_beacon and return the beacon for a specific link id. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ae7ba17b |
|
02-Jun-2022 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: pass the link id in start/stop ap In start_ap and stop_ap mac80211 callbacks pass the link_id to the drivers. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb71f1d1 |
|
31-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add sta link addition/removal Add the necessary infrastructure, including a new driver method, to add/remove links to/from a station. To do this, refactor the link alloc/free a bit, splitting that so we can do it without linking them, to handle failures better. Note that a station entry must be created representing an MLD or a non-MLD STA, it cannot change between the two. When representing an MLD, the 'deflink' is used for the first link, which might be removed later, in which case the memory isn't reused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
69d41b5a |
|
09-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add MLO link ID to TX frame metadata Take a few bits out of the control.flags to add the link ID to TX frame metadata, so drivers don't need to look it up by the address themselves. Implement that lookup where it's needed, for internal frame TX, and set it to "unspecified" for data transmissions. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
eef25a66 |
|
01-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove band from TX info in MLO If the interface is an MLD, then we don't know which band the frame will be transmitted on, and we don't know how to look up the band. Set the band information to zero in that case, the driver cannot rely on it anyway. No longer inline ieee80211_tx_skb_tid() since it's even bigger now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8787ec6 |
|
31-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add vif link addition/removal Add the necessary infrastructure, including a new driver method, to add/remove links to/from an interface. Also add the missing link address to bss_conf (which we use as link_conf too), and fill it, in station mode for now just randomly, in AP mode we get the address from cfg80211 since the link must be created with an address first. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e9aac179 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: make some SMPS code MLD-aware Start making some SMPS related code MLD-aware. This isn't really done yet, but again cuts down our 'deflink' reliance. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
afe0d181 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add link_id to vht.c code for MLO Update the code in vht.c and add the link_id parameter where necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ec7a0407 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: use IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS Remove MAX_STA_LINKS and use IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS instead to unify between the station and other data structures. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b4f85443 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: make channel context code MLO-aware Make the channel context code MLO aware, along with some functions that it uses, so that the chan.c file is now MLD-clean and no longer uses deflink/bss_conf/etc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8e14130d |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add per-link configuration pointer Add pointers so we can start using link_id throughout the code, even if for now only link ID 0 is valid, pointing to the "built-in" bss_conf, which is used by drivers that are not aware of MLD. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7b7090b4 |
|
24-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: split bss_info_changed method Split the bss_info_changed method to vif_cfg_changed and link_info_changed, with the latter getting a link ID. Also change the 'changed' parameter to u64 already, we know we need that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f276e20b |
|
10-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move interface config to new struct We'll use bss_conf for per-link configuration later, so move out all the non-link-specific data out into a new struct ieee80211_vif_cfg used in the vif. Some adjustments were done with the following spatch: @@ expression sdata; struct ieee80211_vif *vifp; identifier var = { assoc, ibss_joined, aid, arp_addr_list, arp_addr_cnt, ssid, ssid_len, s1g, ibss_creator }; @@ ( -sdata->vif.bss_conf.var +sdata->vif.cfg.var | -vifp->bss_conf.var +vifp->cfg.var ) @bss_conf@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf; identifier var = { assoc, ibss_joined, aid, arp_addr_list, arp_addr_cnt, ssid, ssid_len, s1g, ibss_creator }; @@ -bss_conf->var +vif_cfg->var (though more manual fixups were needed, e.g. replacing "vif_cfg->" by "vif->cfg." in many files.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d0a9123e |
|
10-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move some future per-link data to bss_conf To add MLD, reuse the bss_conf structure later for per-link information, so move some things into it that are per link. Most transformations were done with the following spatch: @@ expression sdata; identifier var = { chanctx_conf, mu_mimo_owner, csa_active, color_change_active, color_change_color }; @@ -sdata->vif.var +sdata->vif.bss_conf.var @@ struct ieee80211_vif *vif; identifier var = { chanctx_conf, mu_mimo_owner, csa_active, color_change_active, color_change_color }; @@ -vif->var +vif->bss_conf.var Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
23a5f0af |
|
09-Feb-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove cipher scheme support The only driver using this was iwlwifi, where we just removed the support because it was never really used. Remove the code from mac80211 as well. Change-Id: I1667417a5932315ee9d81f5c233c56a354923f09 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
03895c84 |
|
16-Jun-2022 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
wifi: mac80211: add gfp_t parameter to ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify Introduce the capability to specify gfp_t parameter to ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify routine since it runs in interrupt context in ieee80211_rx_check_bss_color_collision(). Fixes: 6d945a33f2b0a ("mac80211: introduce BSS color collision detection") Co-developed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/02c990fb3fbd929c8548a656477d20d6c0427a13.1655419135.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
44fa75f2 |
|
09-May-2022 |
Jonas Jelonek <jelonek.jonas@gmail.com> |
mac80211: extend current rate control tx status API This patch adds the new struct ieee80211_rate_status and replaces 'struct rate_info *rate' in ieee80211_tx_status with pointer and length annotation. The struct ieee80211_rate_status allows to: (1) receive tx power status feedback for transmit power control (TPC) per packet or packet retry (2) dynamic mapping of wifi chip specific multi-rate retry (mrr) chains with different lengths (3) increase the limit of annotatable rate indices to support IEEE802.11ac rate sets and beyond ieee80211_tx_info, control and status buffer, and ieee80211_tx_rate cannot be used to achieve these goals due to fixed size limitations. Our new struct contains a struct rate_info to annotate the rate that was used, retry count of the rate and tx power. It is intended for all information related to RC and TPC that needs to be passed from driver to mac80211 and its RC/TPC algorithms like Minstrel_HT. It corresponds to one stage in an mrr. Multiple subsequent instances of this struct can be included in struct ieee80211_tx_status via a pointer and a length variable. Those instances can be allocated on-stack. The former reference to a single instance of struct rate_info is replaced with our new annotation. An extension is introduced to struct ieee80211_hw. There are two new members called 'tx_power_levels' and 'max_txpwr_levels_idx' acting as a tx power level table. When a wifi device is registered, the driver shall supply all supported power levels in this list. This allows to support several quirks like differing power steps in power level ranges or alike. TPC can use this for algorithm and thus be designed more abstract instead of handling all possible step widths individually. Further mandatory changes in status.c, mt76 and ath11k drivers due to the removal of 'struct rate_info *rate' are also included. status.c already uses the information in ieee80211_tx_status->rate in radiotap, this is now changed to use ieee80211_rate_status->rate_idx. mt76 driver already uses struct rate_info to pass the tx rate to status path. The new members of the ieee80211_tx_status are set to NULL and 0 because the previously passed rate is not relevant to rate control and accurate information is passed via tx_info->status.rates. For ath11k, the txrate can be passed via this struct because ath11k uses firmware RC and thus the information does not interfere with software RC. Compile-Tested: current wireless-next tree with all flags on Tested-on: Xiaomi 4A Gigabit (MediaTek MT7603E, MT7612E) with OpenWrt Linux 5.10.113 Signed-off-by: Jonas Jelonek <jelonek.jonas@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220509173958.1398201-2-jelonek.jonas@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f5bf586a |
|
10-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove stray multi_sta_back_32bit docs This field doesn't exist, remove the docs for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4273d3fa |
|
10-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix typo in documentation This is called offload_flags, remove the extra 'a'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
046d2e7c |
|
04-Apr-2022 |
Sriram R <quic_srirrama@quicinc.com> |
mac80211: prepare sta handling for MLO support Currently in mac80211 each STA object is represented using sta_info datastructure with the associated STA specific information and drivers access ieee80211_sta part of it. With MLO (Multi Link Operation) support being added in 802.11be standard, though the association is logically with a single Multi Link capable STA, at the physical level communication can happen via different advertised links (uniquely identified by Channel, operating class, BSSID) and hence the need to handle multiple link STA parameters within a composite sta_info object called the MLD STA. The different link STA part of MLD STA are identified using the link address which can be same or different as the MLD STA address and unique link id based on the link vif. To support extension of such a model, the sta_info datastructure is modified to hold multiple link STA objects with link specific params currently within sta_info moved to this new structure. Similarly this is done for ieee80211_sta as well which will be accessed within mac80211 as well as by drivers, hence trivial driver changes are expected to support this. For current non MLO supported drivers, only one link STA is present and link information is accessed via 'deflink' member. For MLO drivers, we still need to define the APIs etc. to get the correct link ID and access the correct part of the station info. Currently in mac80211, all link STA info are accessed directly via deflink. These will be updated to access via link pointers indexed by link id with MLO support patches, with link id being 0 for non MLO supported cases. Except for couple of macro related changes, below spatch takes care of updating mac80211 and driver code to access to the link STA info via deflink. @ieee80211_sta@ struct ieee80211_sta *s; struct sta_info *si; identifier var = {supp_rates, ht_cap, vht_cap, he_cap, he_6ghz_capa, eht_cap, rx_nss, bandwidth, txpwr}; @@ ( s-> - var + deflink.var | si->sta. - var + deflink.var ) @sta_info@ struct sta_info *si; identifier var = {gtk, pcpu_rx_stats, rx_stats, rx_stats_avg, status_stats, tx_stats, cur_max_bandwidth}; @@ ( si-> - var + deflink.var ) Signed-off-by: Sriram R <quic_srirrama@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1649086883-13246-1-git-send-email-quic_srirrama@quicinc.com [remove MLO-drivers notes from commit message, not clear yet; run spatch] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6d945a33 |
|
25-Mar-2022 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
mac80211: introduce BSS color collision detection Add ieee80211_rx_check_bss_color_collision routine in order to introduce BSS color collision detection in mac80211 if it is not supported in HW/FW (e.g. for mt7915 chipset). Add IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION flag to let the driver notify BSS color collision detection is supported in HW/FW. Set this for ath11k which apparently didn't need this code. Tested-by: Peter Chiu <Chui-Hao.Chiu@mediatek.com> Co-developed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a05eeeb1841a84560dc5aaec77894fcb69a54f27.1648204871.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [clarify commit message a bit, move flag to mac80211] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e5c95ca0 |
|
04-Apr-2022 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Improve confusing comment around tx_info clearing The comment above the ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status() helper was somewhat confusing as to which fields it was or wasn't clearing. So replace it by something that is hopefully more, well, clear. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220404210108.2684907-1-toke@toke.dk Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2b3171c6 |
|
23-Feb-2022 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
mac80211: MBSSID beacon handling in AP mode Add new fields in struct beacon_data to store all MBSSID elements. Generate a beacon template which includes all MBSSID elements. Move CSA offset to reflect the MBSSID element length. Co-developed-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Co-developed-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Tested-by: Money Wang <money.wang@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/5322db3c303f431adaf191ab31c45e151dde5465.1645702516.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [small cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7d352ccf |
|
08-Mar-2022 |
Youghandhar Chintala <youghand@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Add support to trigger sta disconnect on hardware restart Currently in case of target hardware restart, we just reconfig and re-enable the security keys and enable the network queues to start data traffic back from where it was interrupted. Many ath10k wifi chipsets have sequence numbers for the data packets assigned by firmware and the mac sequence number will restart from zero after target hardware restart leading to mismatch in the sequence number expected by the remote peer vs the sequence number of the frame sent by the target firmware. This mismatch in sequence number will cause out-of-order packets on the remote peer and all the frames sent by the device are dropped until we reach the sequence number which was sent before we restarted the target hardware In order to fix this, we trigger a sta disconnect, in case of target hw restart. After this there will be a fresh connection and thereby avoiding the dropping of frames by remote peer. The right fix would be to pull the entire data path into the host which is not feasible or would need lots of complex changes and will still be inefficient. Tested on ath10k using WCN3990, QCA6174 Signed-off-by: Youghandhar Chintala <youghand@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220308115325.5246-2-youghand@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a1de6407 |
|
14-Feb-2022 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Handle station association response with EHT When the association is an EHT association, parse the EHT element from the association response and update the station's EHT capabilities accordingly. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220214173004.f33574718755.I21182234c5303d9423eabd5eb997e7cf75f8e0c8@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5dca295d |
|
14-Feb-2022 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add initial support for EHT and 320 MHz channels Add initial support for EHT and 320 MHz bandwidth in mac80211. As a new IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_320 is added to enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth, update the drivers to avoid compilation warnings. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220214173004.0f144cc0bba6.Iad18111264da87eed5fd7b017f0cc6e58c604e07@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ea5907db |
|
02-Feb-2022 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix struct ieee80211_tx_info size The size of the status_driver_data field was not adjusted when the is_valid_ack_signal field was added. Since the size of struct ieee80211_tx_info is limited, replace the is_valid_ack_signal field with a flags field, and adjust the struct size accordingly. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20220202104617.0ff363d4fa56.I45792c0187034a6d0e1c99a7db741996ef7caba3@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
acb99b9b |
|
28-Dec-2021 |
Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Add stations iterator where the iterator function may sleep ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic() already exist, where the former allows the iterator function to sleep. Add ieee80211_iterate_stations() which is similar to ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic() but allows the iterator to sleep. This is needed for adding SDIO support to the rtw88 driver. Some interators there are reading or writing registers. With the SDIO ops (sdio_readb, sdio_writeb and friends) this means that the iterator function may sleep. Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211228211501.468981-2-martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a95bfb87 |
|
29-Nov-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
cfg80211: rename offchannel_chain structs to background_chain to avoid confusion with ETSI standard ETSI standard defines "Offchannel CAC" as: "Off-Channel CAC is performed by a number of non-continuous checks spread over a period in time. This period, which is required to determine the presence of radar signals, is defined as the Off-Channel CAC Time.. Minimum Off-Channel CAC Time 6 minutes and Maximum Off-Channel CAC Time 4 hours..". mac80211 implementation refers to a dedicated hw chain used for continuous radar monitoring. Rename offchannel_* references to background_* in order to avoid confusion with ETSI standard. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/4204cc1d648d76b44557981713231e030a3bd991.1638190762.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6d501764 |
|
29-Nov-2021 |
Nathan Errera <nathan.errera@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce channel switch disconnect function Introduce a disconnect function that can be used when a channel switch error occurs. The channel switch can request to block the tx, and so, we need to make sure we do not send a deauth frame in this case. Signed-off-by: Nathan Errera <nathan.errera@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20211129152938.cd2a615a0702.I9edb14785586344af17644b610ab5be109dcef00@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fb5f6a0e |
|
18-Nov-2021 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
mac80211: Use memset_after() to clear tx status In preparation for FORTIFY_SOURCE performing compile-time and run-time field bounds checking for memset(), avoid intentionally writing across neighboring fields. Use memset_after() so memset() doesn't get confused about writing beyond the destination member that is intended to be the starting point of zeroing through the end of the struct. Additionally fix the common helper, ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(), which was not clearing ack_signal, but the open-coded versions did. Johannes Berg points out this bug was introduced by commit e3e1a0bcb3f1 ("mac80211: reduce IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES") but was harmless. Also drops the associated unneeded BUILD_BUG_ON()s, and adds a note to carl9170 about usage. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [both CARL9170+P54USB on real HW] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211118203839.1289276-1-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d787a3e3 |
|
11-Nov-2021 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: add support for .ndo_fill_forward_path This allows drivers to provide a destination device + info for flow offload Only supported in combination with 802.3 encap offload Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Tested-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211112112223.1209-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
237337c2 |
|
23-Oct-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
mac80211: introduce set_radar_offchan callback Similar to cfg80211, introduce set_radar_offchan callback in mac80211_ops in order to configure a dedicated offchannel chain available on some hw (e.g. mt7915) to perform offchannel CAC detection and avoid tx/rx downtime. Tested-by: Evelyn Tsai <evelyn.tsai@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/201110606d4f3a7dfdf31440e351f2e2c375d4f0.1634979655.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
17196425 |
|
15-Sep-2021 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: MBSSID support in interface handling Configure multiple BSSID and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisement (EMA) parameters in mac80211 for AP mode. For each interface, 'mbssid_tx_vif' points to the transmitting interface of the MBSSID set. The pointer is set to NULL if MBSSID is disabled. Function ieee80211_stop() is modified to always bring down all the non-transmitting interfaces first and the transmitting interface last. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Co-developed-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210916025437.29138-3-alokad@codeaurora.org [slightly change logic to be more obvious] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
63214f02 |
|
24-Sep-2021 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: save transmit power envelope element and power constraint This is to save the transmit power envelope element and power constraint in struct ieee80211_bss_conf for 6 GHz. Lower driver will use this info to calculate the power limit. Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210924100052.32029-7-wgong@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
405fca8a |
|
24-Sep-2021 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
ieee80211: add power type definition for 6 GHz 6 GHz regulatory domains introduces different modes for 6 GHz AP operations: Low Power Indoor (LPI), Standard Power (SP) and Very Low Power (VLP). 6 GHz STAs could be operated as either Regular or Subordinate clients. Define the flags for power type of AP and STATION mode. Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210924100052.32029-2-wgong@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
33092aca |
|
24-Sep-2021 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: Fix Ptk0 rekey documentation @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV setting is irrelevant for RX. Move the requirement to the correct section in the PTK0 rekey documentation. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210924200514.7936-1-alexander@wetzel-home.de Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f5a4c24e |
|
23-Aug-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
mac80211: introduce individual TWT support in AP mode Introduce TWT action frames parsing support to mac80211. Currently just individual TWT agreement are support in AP mode. Whenever the AP receives a TWT action frame from an associated client, after performing sanity checks, it will notify the underlay driver with requested parameters in order to check if they are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement. The driver is expected to set the agreement result and report it to mac80211. Drivers supporting this have two new callbacks: - add_twt_setup (mandatory) - twt_teardown_request (optional) mac80211 will send an action frame reply according to the result reported by the driver. Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/257512f2e22ba42b9f2624942a128dd8f141de4b.1629741512.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [use le16p_replace_bits(), minor cleanups, use (void *) casts, fix to use ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap() correctly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5f9404ab |
|
02-Jul-2021 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: add support for BSS color change The color change announcement is very similar to how CSA works where we have an IE that includes a counter. When the counter hits 0, the new color is applied via an updated beacon. This patch makes the CSA counter functionality reusable, rather than implementing it again. This also allows for future reuse incase support for other counter IEs gets added. Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/057c1e67b82bee561ea44ce6a45a8462d3da6995.1625247619.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2433647b |
|
23-Jun-2021 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Switch to a virtual time-based airtime scheduler This switches the airtime scheduler in mac80211 to use a virtual time-based scheduler instead of the round-robin scheduler used before. This has a couple of advantages: - No need to sync up the round-robin scheduler in firmware/hardware with the round-robin airtime scheduler. - If several stations are eligible for transmission we can schedule both of them; no need to hard-block the scheduling rotation until the head of the queue has used up its quantum. - The check of whether a station is eligible for transmission becomes simpler (in ieee80211_txq_may_transmit()). The drawback is that scheduling becomes slightly more expensive, as we need to maintain an rbtree of TXQs sorted by virtual time. This means that ieee80211_register_airtime() becomes O(logN) in the number of currently scheduled TXQs because it can change the order of the scheduled stations. We mitigate this overhead by only resorting when a station changes position in the tree, and hopefully N rarely grows too big (it's only TXQs currently backlogged, not all associated stations), so it shouldn't be too big of an issue. To prevent divisions in the fast path, we maintain both station sums and pre-computed reciprocals of the sums. This turns the fast-path operation into a multiplication, with divisions only happening as the number of active stations change (to re-compute the current sum of all active station weights). To prevent this re-computation of the reciprocal from happening too frequently, we use a time-based notion of station activity, instead of updating the weight every time a station gets scheduled or de-scheduled. As queues can oscillate between empty and occupied quite frequently, this can significantly cut down on the number of re-computations. It also has the added benefit of making the station airtime calculation independent on whether the queue happened to have drained at the time an airtime value was accounted. Co-developed-by: Yibo Zhao <yiboz@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Yibo Zhao <yiboz@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210623134755.235545-1-toke@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
15fae341 |
|
18-Jun-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8b26154 |
|
18-Jun-2021 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
mac80211: add to bss_conf if broadcast TWT is supported Add to struct ieee80211_bss_conf a twt_broadcast field. Set it to true if both STA and AP support broadcast TWT. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.f7c105237541.I50b302044e2b35e5ed4d3fb8bc7bd3d8bb89b1e1@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
08a46c64 |
|
17-Jun-2021 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: move A-MPDU session check from minstrel_ht to mac80211 This avoids calling back into tx handlers from within the rate control module. Preparation for deferring rate control until tx dequeue Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210617163113.75815-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cff7b5ca |
|
19-May-2021 |
Philipp Borgers <borgers@mi.fu-berlin.de> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_is_tx_data helper function Add a helper function that checks if a frame is a data frame. Frames with hardware encapsulation enabled are data frames. Signed-off-by: Philipp Borgers <borgers@mi.fu-berlin.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210519122019.92359-2-borgers@mi.fu-berlin.de Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bddc0c41 |
|
30-May-2021 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: Fix NULL ptr deref for injected rate info The commit cb17ed29a7a5 ("mac80211: parse radiotap header when selecting Tx queue") moved the code to validate the radiotap header from ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit to ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap. This made is possible to share more code with the new Tx queue selection code for injected frames. But at the same time, it now required the call of ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap at the beginning of functions which wanted to handle the radiotap header. And this broke the rate parser for radiotap header parser. The radiotap parser for rates is operating most of the time only on the data in the actual radiotap header. But for the 802.11a/b/g rates, it must also know the selected band from the chandef information. But this information is only written to the ieee80211_tx_info at the end of the ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit - long after ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap was already called. The info->band information was therefore always 0 (NL80211_BAND_2GHZ) when the parser code tried to access it. For a 5GHz only device, injecting a frame with 802.11a rates would cause a NULL pointer dereference because local->hw.wiphy->bands[NL80211_BAND_2GHZ] would most likely have been NULL when the radiotap parser searched for the correct rate index of the driver. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Fixes: cb17ed29a7a5 ("mac80211: parse radiotap header when selecting Tx queue") Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> [sven@narfation.org: added commit message] Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210530133226.40587-1-sven@narfation.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
34fb4db5 |
|
05-May-2021 |
Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org> |
mac80211: correct ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx() locking comments Commit a05829a7222e ("cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver") dropped usage of RTNL here and replaced it with hw->wiphy->mutex. But we didn't update the comments. Fixes: a05829a7222e ("cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver") Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210505202829.1039400-1-briannorris@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f30386a8 |
|
08-Apr-2021 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_vif_to_wdev work when the vif isn't in the driver This will allow the low level driver to get the wdev during the add_interface flow. In order to do that, remove a few checks from there and do not return NULL for vifs that were not yet added to the driver. Note that all the current callers of this helper function assume that the vif already exists: - The callers from the drivers already have a vif pointer. Before this change, ieee80211_vif_to_wdev would return NULL in some cases, but those callers don't even check they get a non-NULL pointer from ieee80211_vif_to_wdev. - The callers from net/mac80211/cfg.c assume the vif is already added to the driver as well. So, this change has no impact on existing callers of this helper function. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210409123755.6078d3517095.I1907a45f267a62dab052bcc44428aa7a2005ffc9@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
55f8205e |
|
29-Mar-2021 |
Sriram R <srirrama@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Allow concurrent monitor iface and ethernet rx decap Some HW/driver can support passing ethernet rx decap frames and raw 802.11 frames for the monitor interface concurrently and via separate RX calls to mac80211. Packets going to the monitor interface(s) would be in 802.11 format and thus not have the RX_FLAG_8023 set, and 802.11 format monitoring frames should have RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR set. Drivers doing such can enable the SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP to allow using ethernet decap offload while a monitor interface is active, currently RX decapsulation offload gets disabled when a monitor interface is added. Signed-off-by: Sriram R <srirrama@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1617068116-32253-1-git-send-email-srirrama@codeaurora.org [add proper documentation, rewrite commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a05829a7 |
|
22-Jan-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver Currently, _everything_ in cfg80211 holds the RTNL, and if you have a slow USB device (or a few) you can get some bad lock contention on that. Fix that by re-adding a mutex to each wiphy/rdev as we had at some point, so we have locking for the wireless_dev lists and all the other things in there, and also so that drivers still don't have to worry too much about it (they still won't get parallel calls for a single device). Then, we can restrict the RTNL to a few cases where we add or remove interfaces and really need the added protection. Some of the global list management still also uses the RTNL, since we need to have it anyway for netdev management, but we only hold the RTNL for very short periods of time here. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122161942.81df9f5e047a.I4a8e1a60b18863ea8c5e6d3a0faeafb2d45b2f40@changeid Tested-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com> [marvell driver issues] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
80a915ec |
|
18-Dec-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: add rx decapsulation offload support This allows drivers to pass 802.3 frames to mac80211, with some restrictions: - the skb must be passed with a valid sta - fast-rx needs to be active for the sta - monitor mode needs to be disabled mac80211 will tell the driver when it is safe to enable rx decap offload for a particular station. In order to implement support, a driver must: - call ieee80211_hw_set(hw, SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD) - implement ops->sta_set_decap_offload - mark 802.3 frames with RX_FLAG_8023 If it doesn't want to enable offload for some vif types, it can mask out IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED in vif->offload_flags from within the .add_interface or .update_vif_offload driver ops Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-6-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
70b6ff35 |
|
06-Jan-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: fix kernel-doc for SAR APIs A stray @ caused the kernel-doc parser to not understand this, fix that. Also add some missing kernel-doc. Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Fixes: 6bdb68cef7bf ("nl80211: add common API to configure SAR power limitations") Fixes: c534e093d865 ("mac80211: add ieee80211_set_sar_specs") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Tested-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> # build only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210106234740.96827c18f9bd.I8b9f0a9cbfe186931ef9640046f414371f216914@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c534e093 |
|
03-Dec-2020 |
Carl Huang <cjhuang@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_set_sar_specs This change registers ieee80211_set_sar_specs to mac80211_config_ops, so cfg80211 can call it. Signed-off-by: Carl Huang <cjhuang@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Abhishek Kumar <kuabhs@chromium.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201203103728.3034-3-cjhuang@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3f8a39ff |
|
06-Dec-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support driver-based disconnect with reconnect hint Support the driver indicating that a disconnection needs to be performed, and pass through the reconnect hint in this case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201206145305.5c8dab7a22a0.I58459fdf6968b16c90cab9c574f0f04ca22b0c79@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4271d4bd |
|
29-Nov-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support MIC error/replay detected counters driver update Support the driver incrementing MIC error and replay detected counters when having detected a bad frame, if it drops it directly instead of relying on mac80211 to do the checks. These are then exposed to userspace, though currently only in some cases and in debugfs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201129172929.fb59be9c6de8.Ife2260887366f585afadd78c983ebea93d2bb54b@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
081e1e7e |
|
29-Nov-2020 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
mac80211: he: remove non-bss-conf fields from bss_conf ack_enabled and multi_sta_back_32bit are station capabilities and should not be in the bss_conf structure. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201129172929.69a7f7753444.I405c4b5245145e24577512c477f19131d4036489@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30df8130 |
|
03-Nov-2020 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: add radiotap flag to assure frames are not reordered Add a new radiotap flag to indicate injected frames must not be reordered relative to other frames that also have this flag set, independent of priority field values in the transmitted frame. Parse this radiotap flag and define and set a corresponding Tx control flag. Note that this flag has recently been standardized as part of an update to radiotap. Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201104061823.197407-2-Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
70debba3 |
|
20-Oct-2020 |
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: save HE oper info in BSS config for mesh Currently he_support is set only for AP mode. Storing this information for mesh BSS as well helps driver to determine HE support. Also save HE operation element params in BSS conf so that drivers can access this for any configurations instead of having to parse the beacon to fetch that info. Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201020183111.25458-2-pradeepc@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b1e8eb11 |
|
23-Oct-2020 |
Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org> |
mac80211: fix kernel-doc markups Some identifiers have different names between their prototypes and the kernel-doc markup. Others need to be fixed, as kernel-doc markups should use this format: identifier - description In the specific case of __sta_info_flush(), add a documentation for sta_info_flush(), as this one is the one used outside sta_info.c. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/978d35eef2dc76e21c81931804e4eaefbd6d635e.1603469755.git.mchehab+huawei@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ba6ff70a |
|
03-Oct-2020 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: copy configured beacon tx rate to driver The user is allowed to change beacon tx rate (HT/VHT/HE) from hostapd. This information needs to be passed to the driver when the rate control is offloaded to the firmware. The driver capability of allowing beacon rate is already validated in cfg80211, so simply passing the rate information to the driver is enough. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1601762658-15627-1-git-send-email-rmanohar@codeaurora.org [adjust commit message slightly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
265a0708 |
|
22-Sep-2020 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Support not iterating over not-sdata-in-driver ifaces Allow drivers to request that interface-iterator does NOT iterate over interfaces that are not sdata-in-driver. This will allow us to fix crashes in ath10k (and possibly other drivers). To summarize Johannes' explanation: Consider add interface wlan0 add interface wlan1 iterate active interfaces -> wlan0 wlan1 add interface wlan2 iterate active interfaces -> wlan0 wlan1 wlan2 If you apply this scenario to a restart, which ought to be functionally equivalent to the normal startup, just compressed in time, you're basically saying that today you get add interface wlan0 add interface wlan1 iterate active interfaces -> wlan0 wlan1 wlan2 << problem here add interface wlan2 iterate active interfaces -> wlan0 wlan1 wlan2 which yeah, totally seems wrong. But fixing that to be add interface wlan0 add interface wlan1 iterate active interfaces -> <nothing> add interface wlan2 iterate active interfaces -> <nothing> (or maybe -> wlan0 wlan1 wlan2 if the reconfig already completed) This is also at least somewhat wrong, but better to not iterate over something that exists in the driver than iterate over something that does not. Originally the first issue was causing crashes in testing with lots of station vdevs on an ath10k radio, combined with firmware crashing. I ran with a similar patch for years with no obvious bad results, including significant testing with ath9k and ath10k. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922191957.25257-1-greearb@candelatech.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1d00ce80 |
|
21-Sep-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
mac80211: support S1G association The changes required for associating in S1G are: - apply S1G BSS channel info before assoc - mark all S1G STAs as QoS STAs - include and parse AID request element - handle new Association Response format - don't fail assoc if supported rates element is missing Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-15-thomas@adapt-ip.com [pass skb to ieee80211_add_aid_request_ie(), remove unused variable 'bss'] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1821f8b3 |
|
21-Sep-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
mac80211: handle S1G low rates S1G doesn't have legacy (sband->bitrates) rates, only MCS. For now, just send a frame at MCS 0 if a low rate is requested. Note we also redefine (since we're out of TX flags) TX_RC_VHT_MCS as TX_RC_S1G_MCS to indicate an S1G MCS. This is probably OK as VHT MCS is not valid on S1G band and vice versa. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-12-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7fba53eb |
|
18-Sep-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix some encapsulation offload kernel-doc Add a missing kernel-doc entry for the offload_flags, and correct the name of the update_vif_offload method. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918132115.d46a0915ba8a.Ibba536d04a5a5fb655f8ef6e51b247457bfda4ca@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
632189a0 |
|
10-Sep-2020 |
Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Unsolicited broadcast probe response support This patch adds mac80211 support to configure unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission for in-band discovery in 6GHz. Changes include functions to store and retrieve probe response template, and packet interval (0 - 20 TUs). Setting interval to 0 disables the unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/010101747a946b35-ad25858a-1f1f-48df-909e-dc7bf26d9169-000000@us-west-2.amazonses.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
295b02c4 |
|
10-Sep-2020 |
Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Add FILS discovery support This patch adds mac80211 support to configure FILS discovery transmission. Changes include functions to store and retrieve FILS discovery template, minimum and maximum packet intervals. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200805011838.28166-3-alokad@codeaurora.org [remove SUPPORTS_FILS_DISCOVERY, driver can just set wiphy info] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/010101747a7b3cbb-6edaa89c-436d-4391-8765-61456d7f5f4e-000000@us-west-2.amazonses.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f02dff93 |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: extend ieee80211_tx_status_ext to support bulk free Store processed skbs ready to be freed in a list so the driver bulk free them Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-13-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ff4e8f2 |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: notify the driver when a sta uses 4-address mode This is needed for encapsulation offload of 4-address mode packets Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-14-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cc20ff2c |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: swap NEED_TXPROCESSING and HW_80211_ENCAP tx flags In order to unify the tx status path, the hw 802.11 encapsulation flag needs to survive the trip to the tx status call. Since we don't have any free bits in info->flags, we need to move one. IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING is only used internally in mac80211, and only before the call into the driver. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-10-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c74114d7 |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: remove tx status call to ieee80211_sta_register_airtime All drivers using airtime fairness are calling ieee80211_sta_register_airtime directly, now they must. Document this as well. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-8-nbd@nbd.name [johannes: update the documentation to suit] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6aea26ce |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: rework tx encapsulation offload API The current API (which lets the driver turn on/off per vif directly) has a number of limitations: - it does not deal with AP_VLAN - conditions for enabling (no tkip, no monitor) are only checked at add_interface time - no way to indicate 4-addr support In order to address this, store offload flags in struct ieee80211_vif (easy to extend for decap offload later). mac80211 initially sets the enable flag, but gives the driver a chance to modify it before its settings are applied. In addition to the .add_interface op, a .update_vif_offload op is introduced, which can be used for runtime changes. If a driver can't disable encap offload at runtime, or if it has some extra limitations, it can simply override the flags within those ops. Support for encap offload with 4-address mode interfaces can be enabled by setting a flag from .add_interface or .update_vif_offload. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-6-nbd@nbd.name [resolved conflict with commit aa2092a9bab3 ("ath11k: add raw mode and software crypto support")] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8552a434 |
|
11-Aug-2020 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: rename csa counters to countdown counters We want to reuse the functions and structs for other counters such as BSS color change. Rename them to more generic names. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200811080107.3615705-2-john@phrozen.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c5d1686b |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: add a function for running rx without passing skbs to the stack This can be used to run mac80211 rx processing on a batch of frames in NAPI poll before passing them to the network stack in a large batch. This can improve icache footprint, or it can be used to pass frames via netif_receive_skb_list. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200726110611.46886-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb17ed29 |
|
23-Jul-2020 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: parse radiotap header when selecting Tx queue Already parse the radiotap header in ieee80211_monitor_select_queue. In a subsequent commit this will allow us to add a radiotap flag that influences the queue on which injected packets will be sent. This also fixes the incomplete validation of the injected frame in ieee80211_monitor_select_queue: currently an out of bounds memory access may occur in in the called function ieee80211_select_queue_80211 if the 802.11 header is too small. Note that in ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit the radiotap header is parsed again, which is necessairy because ieee80211_monitor_select_queue is not always called beforehand. Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200723100153.31631-6-Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e02281e7 |
|
23-Jul-2020 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: add radiotap flag to prevent sequence number overwrite The radiotap specification contains a flag to indicate that the sequence number of an injected frame should not be overwritten. Parse this flag and define and set a corresponding Tx control flag. Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200723100153.31631-2-Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
66b239d2 |
|
15-Jul-2020 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
net/wireless: mac80211.h: drop duplicate words in comments Drop doubled words "are" and "by" in comments. Change doubled "to to" to "to the". Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200715164325.9109-4-rdunlap@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1bb9a8a4 |
|
28-May-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use HE 6 GHz band capability and pass it to the driver In order to handle 6 GHz AP side, take the HE 6 GHz band capability data and pass it to the driver (which needs it for A-MPDU spacing and A-MPDU length). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1589399105-25472-6-git-send-email-rmanohar@codeaurora.org Co-developed-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200528213443.784e4890d82f.I5f1230d5ab27e84e7bbe88e3645b24ea15a0c146@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3c23215b |
|
07-May-2020 |
Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> |
mac80211: Replace zero-length array with flexible-array The current codebase makes use of the zero-length array language extension to the C90 standard, but the preferred mechanism to declare variable-length types such as these ones is a flexible array member[1][2], introduced in C99: struct foo { int stuff; struct boo array[]; }; By making use of the mechanism above, we will get a compiler warning in case the flexible array does not occur last in the structure, which will help us prevent some kind of undefined behavior bugs from being inadvertently introduced[3] to the codebase from now on. Also, notice that, dynamic memory allocations won't be affected by this change: "Flexible array members have incomplete type, and so the sizeof operator may not be applied. As a quirk of the original implementation of zero-length arrays, sizeof evaluates to zero."[1] sizeof(flexible-array-member) triggers a warning because flexible array members have incomplete type[1]. There are some instances of code in which the sizeof operator is being incorrectly/erroneously applied to zero-length arrays and the result is zero. Such instances may be hiding some bugs. So, this work (flexible-array member conversions) will also help to get completely rid of those sorts of issues. This issue was found with the help of Coccinelle. [1] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html [2] https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/21 [3] commit 76497732932f ("cxgb3/l2t: Fix undefined behaviour") Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200507185907.GA15102@embeddedor Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
60689de4 |
|
24-Apr-2020 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: fix memory overlap due to variable length param As of now HE operation element in bss_conf includes variable length optional field followed by other HE variable. Though the optional field never be used, actually it is referring to next member of the bss_conf structure which is not correct. Fix it by declaring needed HE operation fields within bss_conf itself. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1587768108-25248-2-git-send-email-rmanohar@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b6b5c42e |
|
23-Apr-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix two missing documentation entries Add documentation for two struct entries that was missing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200424123945.6b23a26ab5e7.I664440ab5f33442df8103253bf5b9fe84be8d58c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3b23c184 |
|
01-Apr-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
mac80211: add freq_offset to RX status RX status needs a KHz component, so add freq_offset. We can reduce the bits for the frequency since 60 GHz isn't supported. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-5-thomas@adapt-ip.com [fix commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c197f16 |
|
26-Mar-2020 |
Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> |
mac80211: agg-tx: add an option to defer ADDBA transmit Driver tells mac80211 to sends ADDBA with SSN (starting sequence number) from the head of the queue, while the transmission of all the frames in the queue may take a while, which causes the peer to time out. In order to fix this scenario, add an option to defer ADDBA transmit until queue is drained. Signed-off-by: Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20200326150855.0f27423fec75.If67daab123a27c1cbddef000d6a3f212aa6309ef@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d46b4ab8 |
|
26-Mar-2020 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
mac80211: add twt_protected flag to the bss_conf structure Add a flag to the BSS conf whether the BSS and STA support protected TWT. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20200326150855.1dcb2d16fa74.I74d7c007dad2601d2e39f54612fe6554dd5ab386@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
873b1cf6 |
|
21-Apr-2020 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Process multicast RX registration for Action frames Convert a user space registration for processing multicast Action frames (NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME with NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST) to a new enum ieee80211_filter_flags bit FIF_MCAST_ACTION so that drivers can update their RX filter parameters appropriately, if needed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200421144815.19175-1-jouni@codeaurora.org [rename variables to rx_mcast_action_reg indicating action frames only] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6cd536fe |
|
16-Apr-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: change internal management frame registration API Almost all drivers below cfg80211 get the API wrong (except for cfg80211) and are unable to cope with multiple registrations for the same frame type, which is valid due to the match filter. This seems to indicate the API is wrong, and we should maintain the full information in cfg80211 instead of the drivers. Change the API to no longer inform the driver about individual registrations and unregistrations, but rather every time about the entire state of the entire wiphy and single wdev, whenever it may have changed. This also simplifies the code in cfg80211 as it no longer has to track exactly what was unregistered and can free things immediately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200417124300.f47f3828afc8.I7f81ef59c2c5a340d7075fb3c6d0e08e8aeffe07@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6cb5f3ea |
|
23-Apr-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: populate debugfs only after cfg80211 init When fixing the initialization race, we neglected to account for the fact that debugfs is initialized in wiphy_register(), and some debugfs things went missing (or rather were rerooted to the global debugfs root). Fix this by adding debugfs entries only after wiphy_register(). This requires some changes in the rate control code since it currently adds debugfs at alloc time, which can no longer be done after the reordering. Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Reported-by: kernel test robot <rong.a.chen@intel.com> Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de> Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 52e04b4ce5d0 ("mac80211: fix race in ieee80211_register_hw()") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200423111344.0e00d3346f12.Iadc76a03a55093d94391fc672e996a458702875d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
07e97338 |
|
12-Mar-2020 |
Qiujun Huang <hqjagain@gmail.com> |
mac80211: update documentation about tx power The structure member added at some point, but the kernel-doc was not updated. Signed-off-by: Qiujun Huang <hqjagain@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200312144424.3023-1-hqjagain@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
370f51d5 |
|
20-Jan-2020 |
Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Add api to support configuring TID specific configuration Implement drv_set_tid_config api to allow TID specific configuration and drv_reset_tid_config api to reset peer specific TID configuration. This per-TID onfiguration will be applied for all the connected stations when MAC is NULL. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1579506687-18296-7-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db6d9e9e |
|
17-Dec-2019 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Fix setting txpower to zero With multiple VIFS ath10k, and probably others, tries to find the minimum txpower for all vifs and uses that when setting txpower in the firmware. If a second vif is added and starts to scan, it's txpower is not initialized yet and it set to zero. ath10k had a patch to ignore zero values, but then it is impossible to actually set txpower to zero. So, instead initialize the txpower to INT_MIN in mac80211, and let drivers know that means the power has not been set and so should be ignored. This should fix regression in: commit 88407beb1b1462f706a1950a355fd086e1c450b6 Author: Ryan Hsu <ryanhsu@qca.qualcomm.com> Date: Tue Dec 13 14:55:19 2016 -0800 ath10k: fix incorrect txpower set by P2P_DEVICE interface Tested on ath10k 9984 with ath10k-ct firmware. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191217183057.24586-1-greearb@candelatech.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f2b18bac |
|
14-Jan-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use more bits for ack_frame_id It turns out that this wasn't a good idea, I hit a test failure in hwsim due to this. That particular failure was easily worked around, but it raised questions: if an AP needs to, for example, send action frames to each connected station, the current limit is nowhere near enough (especially if those stations are sleeping and the frames are queued for a while.) Shuffle around some bits to make more room for ack_frame_id to allow up to 8192 queued up frames, that's enough for queueing 4 frames to each connected station, even at the maximum of 2007 stations on a single AP. We take the bits from band (which currently only 2 but I leave 3 in case we add another band) and from the hw_queue, which can only need 4 since it has a limit of 16 queues. Fixes: 6912daed05e1 ("mac80211: Shrink the size of ack_frame_id to make room for tx_time_est") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200115122549.b9a4ef9f4980.Ied52ed90150220b83a280009c590b65d125d087c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dd56e902 |
|
17-Dec-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: add handling for BSS color It is now possible to propagate BSS color settings into the subsystem. Lets make mac80211 also handle them so that we can send them further down the stack into the drivers. We drop the old bss_color field and change iwlwifi to use the new he_bss_color struct. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191217141921.8114-2-john@phrozen.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
50ff477a |
|
25-Nov-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: add 802.11 encapsulation offloading support This patch adds a new transmit path for hardware that supports 802.11 encapsulation offloading. In those cases 802.3 frames get passed directly to the driver allowing the hardware to handle the encapsulation. Some features such as monitor mode and TKIP would break when encapsulation offloading is enabled. If any of these get enabled, the code will alwyas fallback to the normal sw encapsulation data path. The patch defines a secondary netdev_ops struct that the device gets assigned if 802.11 encap support is available and enabled. The driver needs to enable the support on a per vif basis if it finds that all pre-reqs are meet. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191125100438.16539-1-john@phrozen.org [reword comments, remove SUPPORTS_80211_ENCAP HW flag, minor cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7a89233a |
|
18-Nov-2019 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Use Airtime-based Queue Limits (AQL) on packet dequeue The previous commit added the ability to throttle stations when they queue too much airtime in the hardware. This commit enables the functionality by calculating the expected airtime usage of each packet that is dequeued from the TXQs in mac80211, and accounting that as pending airtime. The estimated airtime for each skb is stored in the tx_info, so we can subtract the same amount from the running total when the skb is freed or recycled. The throttling mechanism relies on this accounting to be accurate (i.e., that we are not freeing skbs without subtracting any airtime they were accounted for), so we put the subtraction into ieee80211_report_used_skb(). As an optimisation, we also subtract the airtime on regular TX completion, zeroing out the value stored in the packet afterwards, to avoid having to do an expensive lookup of the station from the packet data on every packet. This patch does *not* include any mechanism to wake a throttled TXQ again, on the assumption that this will happen anyway as a side effect of whatever freed the skb (most commonly a TX completion). Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191119060610.76681-5-kyan@google.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3ace10f5 |
|
18-Nov-2019 |
Kan Yan <kyan@google.com> |
mac80211: Implement Airtime-based Queue Limit (AQL) In order for the Fq_CoDel algorithm integrated in mac80211 layer to operate effectively to control excessive queueing latency, the CoDel algorithm requires an accurate measure of how long packets stays in the queue, AKA sojourn time. The sojourn time measured at the mac80211 layer doesn't include queueing latency in the lower layer (firmware/hardware) and CoDel expects lower layer to have a short queue. However, most 802.11ac chipsets offload tasks such TX aggregation to firmware or hardware, thus have a deep lower layer queue. Without a mechanism to control the lower layer queue size, packets only stay in mac80211 layer transiently before being sent to firmware queue. As a result, the sojourn time measured by CoDel in the mac80211 layer is almost always lower than the CoDel latency target, hence CoDel does little to control the latency, even when the lower layer queue causes excessive latency. The Byte Queue Limits (BQL) mechanism is commonly used to address the similar issue with wired network interface. However, this method cannot be applied directly to the wireless network interface. "Bytes" is not a suitable measure of queue depth in the wireless network, as the data rate can vary dramatically from station to station in the same network, from a few Mbps to over Gbps. This patch implements an Airtime-based Queue Limit (AQL) to make CoDel work effectively with wireless drivers that utilized firmware/hardware offloading. AQL allows each txq to release just enough packets to the lower layer to form 1-2 large aggregations to keep hardware fully utilized and retains the rest of the frames in mac80211 layer to be controlled by the CoDel algorithm. Signed-off-by: Kan Yan <kyan@google.com> [ Toke: Keep API to set pending airtime internal, fix nits in commit msg ] Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191119060610.76681-4-kyan@google.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db3e1c40 |
|
18-Nov-2019 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Import airtime calculation code from mt76 Felix recently added code to calculate airtime of packets to the mt76 driver. Import this into mac80211 so we can use it for airtime queue limit calculations. The airtime.c file is copied verbatim from the mt76 driver, and adjusted to be usable in mac80211. This involves: - Switching to mac80211 data structures. - Adding support for 160 MHz channels and HE mode. - Moving the symbol and duration calculations around a bit to avoid rounding with the higher rates and longer symbol times used for HE rates. The per-rate TX rate calculation is also split out to its own function so it can be used directly for the AQL calculations later. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191119060610.76681-3-kyan@google.com [fix HE_GROUP_IDX() to use 3 * bw, since there are 3 _gi values] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6912daed |
|
23-Oct-2019 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Shrink the size of ack_frame_id to make room for tx_time_est To implement airtime queue limiting, we need to keep a running account of the estimated airtime of all skbs queued into the device. Do to this correctly, we need to store the airtime estimate into the skb so we can decrease the outstanding balance when the skb is freed. This means that the time estimate must be stored somewhere that will survive for the lifetime of the skb. To get this, decrease the size of the ack_frame_id field to 6 bits, and lower the size of the ID space accordingly. This leaves 10 bits for use for tx_time_est, which is enough to store a maximum of 4096 us, if we shift the values so they become units of 4us. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/157182474063.150713.16132669599100802716.stgit@toke.dk Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3f2aef10 |
|
24-Oct-2019 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
mac80211: fix a typo of "function" Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/4d53be6c963542878d370ff1a6dc7c3a89b28d23.camel@perches.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ae4a50ee |
|
24-Oct-2019 |
Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz> |
mac80211: typo fixes in kerneldoc comments Correct some trivial typos in kerneldoc comments. Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191024213647.5507-1-chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ce113de |
|
02-Oct-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify TX aggregation start There really is no need to make drivers call the ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() function and then schedule the worker if all we want is to set a bit. Add a new return value (that was previously considered invalid) to indicate that the driver is immediately ready for the session, and make drivers use it. The only drivers that remain different are the Intel ones as they need to negotiate more with the firmware. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1570007543-I152912660131cbab2e5d80b4218238c20f8a06e5@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06354665 |
|
05-Sep-2019 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: allow drivers to set max MTU Make it possibly for drivers to adjust the default max_mtu by storing it in the hardware struct and using that value for all interfaces. Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1567738137-31748-1-git-send-email-wgong@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ced169c |
|
30-Jul-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: allow setting spatial reuse parameters from bss_conf Store the OBSS PD parameters inside bss_conf when bringing up an AP and/or when a station connects to an AP. This allows the driver to configure the HW accordingly. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190730163701.18836-3-john@phrozen.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
697f6c50 |
|
28-Jul-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: propagate HE operation info into bss_conf Upon a successful assoc a station shall store the content of the HE operation element inside bss_conf so that the driver can setup the hardware accordingly. Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190729102342.8659-2-john@phrozen.org [use struct copy] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a0b4496a |
|
15-Jul-2019 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
mac80211: add IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE to ieee80211_key_flags Add IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE flag to ieee80211_key_flags in order to allow the driver to notify mac80211 to generate MMIE and that it requires sequence number generation only. This is a preliminary patch to add BIP_CMAC_128 hw support to mt7615 driver Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/dfe275f9aa0f1cc6b33085f9efd5d8447f68ad13.1563228405.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cbe77dde |
|
14-Jul-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: add xmit rate to struct ieee80211_tx_status Right now struct ieee80211_tx_rate cannot hold HE rates. Lets use struct ieee80211_tx_status instead. This will also make the code future-proof for when we have EHT. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190714154419.11854-2-john@phrozen.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dc3998ec |
|
29-Jun-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: AMPDU handling for rekeys with Extended Key ID Extended Key ID allows A-MPDU sessions while rekeying as long as each A-MPDU aggregates only MPDUs with one keyid together. Drivers able to segregate MPDUs accordingly can tell mac80211 to not stop A-MPDU sessions when rekeying by setting the new flag IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190629195015.19680-3-alexander@wetzel-home.de Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3e47bf1c |
|
29-Jun-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: Simplify Extended Key ID API 1) Drop IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE and let drivers directly set the NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID flag. 2) Drop IEEE80211_HW_NO_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT and simply assume all drivers are unable to handle A-MPDU key borders. The new Extended Key ID API now requires all mac80211 drivers to set NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID when they implement set_key() and can handle Extended Key ID. For drivers not providing set_key() mac80211 itself enables Extended Key ID support, using the internal SW crypto services. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190629195015.19680-2-alexander@wetzel-home.de Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fb0e76ab |
|
17-Jun-2019 |
Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add tx dequeue function for process context Since ieee80211_tx_dequeue() must not be called with softirqs enabled (i.e. from process context without proper disable of bottom halves), we add a wrapper that disables bottom halves before calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue() The new function is named ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() just as all other from-process-context versions found in mac80211. The documentation of ieee80211_tx_dequeue() is also updated so it mentions that the function should not be called from process context. Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190617200140.6189-1-erik.stromdahl@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
612fcfd9 |
|
12-Jun-2019 |
Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
mac80211: remove unused and unneeded remove_sta_debugfs callback The remove_sta_debugfs callback in struct rate_control_ops is no longer used by any driver, as there is no need for it (the debugfs directory is already removed recursivly by the mac80211 core.) Because no one needs it, just remove it to keep anyone else from accidentally using it in the future. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190612142658.12792-5-gregkh@linuxfoundation.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5db4c4b9 |
|
23-Jul-2019 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass the vif to cancel_remain_on_channel This low level driver can find it useful to get the vif when a remain on channel session is cancelled. iwlwifi will need this soon. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190723180001.5828-1-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d2912cb1 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> |
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 500 Based on 2 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation # extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-only has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4122 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Enrico Weigelt <info@metux.net> Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190604081206.933168790@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
#
1e87fec9 |
|
16-May-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: call rate_control_send_low() internally There's no rate control algorithm that *doesn't* want to call it internally, and calling it internally will let us modify its behaviour in the future. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a0de1ca3 |
|
28-May-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: allow turning TWT responder support on and off via netlink Allow the userland daemon to en/disable TWT support for an AP. Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> [simplify parsing code] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c9d3245e |
|
28-May-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: dynamically enable the TWT requester support on STA interfaces Turn TWT for STA interfaces when they associate and/or receive a beacon where the twt_responder bit has changed. Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
90cc4bd6 |
|
06-May-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: AMPDU handling for Extended Key ID IEEE 802.11 - 2016 forbids mixing MPDUs with different keyIDs in one A-MPDU. Drivers supporting A-MPDUs and Extended Key ID must actively enforce that requirement due to the available two unicast keyIDs. Allow driver to signal mac80211 that they will not check the keyID in MPDUs when aggregating them and that they expect mac80211 to stop Tx aggregation when rekeying a connection using Extended Key ID. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8828f81a |
|
11-Apr-2019 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: probe unexercised mesh links The requirement for mesh link metric refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the regular mesh path lookup. Tested-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ba905bf4 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: store tx power value from user to station This patch introduce a new driver callback drv_sta_set_txpwr. This API will copy the transmit power value passed from user space and call the driver callback to set the tx power for the station. Co-developed-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
96fc6efb |
|
19-Mar-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: IEEE 802.11 Extended Key ID support Add support for Extended Key ID as defined in IEEE 802.11-2016. - Implement the nl80211 API for Extended Key ID - Extend mac80211 API to allow drivers to support Extended Key ID - Enable Extended Key ID by default for drivers only supporting SW crypto (e.g. mac80211_hwsim) - Allow unicast Tx usage to be supressed (IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX) - Select the decryption key based on the MPDU keyid - Enforce existing assumptions in the code that rekeys don't change the cipher Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> [remove module parameter] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2b4a6698 |
|
17-Mar-2019 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_schedule_txq schedule empty TXQs Currently there is no way for the driver to signal to mac80211 that it should schedule a TXQ even if there are no packets on the mac80211 part of that queue. This is problematic if the driver has an internal retry queue to deal with software A-MPDU retry. This patch changes the behavior of ieee80211_schedule_txq to always schedule the queue, as its only user (ath9k) seems to expect such behavior already: it calls this function on tx status and on powersave wakeup whenever its internal retry queue is not empty. Also add an extra argument to ieee80211_return_txq to get the same behavior. This fixes an issue on ath9k where tx queues with packets to retry (and no new packets in mac80211) would not get serviced. Fixes: 89cea7493a346 ("ath9k: Switch to mac80211 TXQ scheduling and airtime APIs") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5b989c18 |
|
15-Mar-2019 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: rework locking for txq scheduling / airtime fairness Holding the lock around the entire duration of tx scheduling can create some nasty lock contention, especially when processing airtime information from the tx status or the rx path. Improve locking by only holding the active_txq_lock for lookups / scheduling list modifications. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fafd2bce |
|
06-Feb-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify driver on subsequent CSA beacons Some drivers may want to track further the CSA beacons, for example to compensate for buggy APs that change the beacon count or quiet mode during CSA flow. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b9cc81d8 |
|
06-Feb-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: abort CSA if beacon does not include CSA IEs In case we receive a beacon without CSA IE while we are in the middle of channel switch - abort the operation. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ee145775 |
|
06-Feb-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: support max channel switch time element 2018 REVmd of the spec introduces the max channel switch time element which is optionally included in beacons/probes when there is a channel switch / extended channel switch element. The value represents the maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new channel, in TU. Parse the value and pass it to the driver. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
caf56338 |
|
16-Jan-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: indicate support for multiple BSSID Set multi-bssid support flags according to driver support. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
78ac51f8 |
|
16-Jan-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: support multi-bssid Add support for multi-bssid. This includes: - Parsing multi-bssid element - Overriding DTIM values - Taking into account in various places the inner BSSID instead of transmitter BSSID - Save aside some multi-bssid properties needed by drivers Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7d419463 |
|
01-Feb-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix missing/malformed documentation Fix the missing and malformed documentation that kernel-doc and sphinx warn about. While at it, also add some things to the docs to fix missing links. Sadly, the only way I could find to fix this was to add some trailing whitespace. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb86880e |
|
29-Jan-2019 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Fix documentation strings for airtime-related variables There was a typo in the documentation for weight_multiplier in mac80211.h, and the doc was missing entirely for airtime and airtime_weight in sta_info.h. Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
390298e8 |
|
22-Jan-2019 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Expose ieee80211_schedule_txq() function Since we reworked ieee80211_return_txq() so it assumes that the caller takes care of logging, we need another function that can be called without holding any locks. Introduce ieee80211_schedule_txq() which serves this purpose. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
77f7ffdc |
|
16-Jan-2019 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: minstrel_ht: add flag to indicate missing/inaccurate tx A-MPDU length Some hardware (e.g. MediaTek MT7603) cannot report A-MPDU length in tx status information. Add support for a flag to indicate that, to allow minstrel_ht to use a fixed value in its internal calculation (which gives better results than just defaulting to 1). Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b4809e94 |
|
18-Dec-2018 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Add airtime accounting and scheduling to TXQs This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ scheduler. A new callback, ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(), is added that drivers can call to report airtime usage for stations. When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs (through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k in-driver airtime fairness scheduling. If no airtime usage is reported by the driver, the scheduler will default to round-robin scheduling. For drivers that don't control TXQ scheduling in software, a new API function, ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(), is added which the driver can use to check if the TXQ is eligible for transmission, or should be throttled to enforce fairness. Calls to this function must also be enclosed in ieee80211_txq_schedule_{start,end}() calls to ensure proper locking. The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. Co-developed-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Louie Lu <git@louie.lu> [added debugfs write op to reset airtime counter] Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
18667600 |
|
18-Dec-2018 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs. The interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling is changed by adding two new functions: ieee80211_next_txq(), which will return the next TXQ to schedule in the current round-robin rotation, and ieee80211_return_txq(), which the driver uses to indicate that it has finished scheduling a TXQ (which will then be put back in the scheduling rotation if it isn't empty). The driver must call ieee80211_txq_schedule_start() at the start of each scheduling session, and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end() at the end. The API then guarantees that the same TXQ is not returned twice in the same session (so a driver can loop on ieee80211_next_txq() without worrying about breaking the loop. Usage of the new API is optional, so drivers can be ported one at a time. In this patch, the actual scheduling performed by mac80211 is simple round-robin, but a subsequent commit adds airtime fairness awareness to the scheduler. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [minor kernel-doc fix, propagate sparse locking checks out] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
55ebd6e6 |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: propagate the support for TWT to the driver TWT is a feature that was added in 11ah and enhanced in 11ax. There are two bits that need to be set if we want to use the feature in 11ax: one in the HE Capability IE and one in the Extended Capability IE. This is because of backward compatibility between 11ah and 11ax. In order to simplify the flow for the low level driver in managed mode, aggregate the two bits and add a boolean that tells whether TWT is supported or not, but only if 11ax is supported. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fca1279f |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: document RCU requirements for ieee80211_tx_dequeue() In the iwlwifi conversion, we sometimes call this from outside of the wake_tx_queue() method, and in those cases must be in an RCU critical section. Document this requirement. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3453de98 |
|
06-Dec-2018 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wireless: FTM: fix kernel-doc "cannot understand" warnings Fix kernel-doc warnings in FTM due to missing "struct" keyword. Fixes 109 warnings from <net/cfg80211.h>: ../include/net/cfg80211.h:2838: warning: cannot understand function prototype: 'struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats ' and fixes 88 warnings from <net/mac80211.h>: ../include/net/mac80211.h:477: warning: cannot understand function prototype: 'struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params ' Fixes: 81e54d08d9d8 ("cfg80211: support FTM responder configuration/statistics") Fixes: bc847970f432 ("mac80211: support FTM responder configuration/statistics") Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Cc: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e9da68dd |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow hardware scan to fall back to software In some cases, like in the rsi driver hardware scan offload, there may be scenarios in which hardware scan might not be available or desirable. Allow drivers to cope with this by letting them fall back to software scan by returning the special value 1 from the hardware scan method. Requested-by: Sushant Kumar Mishra <sushant2k1513@gmail.com> Requested-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cee7013b |
|
16-Oct-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to use peer measurement API There's nothing much for mac80211 to do, so only pass through the requests with minimal checks and tracing. The driver must call cfg80211's results APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f8252e7b |
|
11-Oct-2018 |
Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: implement ieee80211_tx_rate_update to update rate Current mac80211 has provision to update tx status through ieee80211_tx_status() and ieee80211_tx_status_ext(). But drivers like ath10k updates the tx status from the skb except txrate, txrate will be updated from a different path, peer stats. Using ieee80211_tx_status_ext() in two different paths (one for the stats, one for the tx rate) would duplicate the stats instead. To avoid this stats duplication, ieee80211_tx_rate_update() is implemented. Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@codeaurora.org> [minor commit message editing, use initializers in code] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bc847970 |
|
03-Oct-2018 |
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: support FTM responder configuration/statistics New bss param ftm_responder is used to notify the driver to enable fine timing request (FTM) responder role in AP mode. Plumb the new cfg80211 API for FTM responder statistics through to the driver API in mac80211. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9739fe29 |
|
04-Sep-2018 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add an option for drivers to check if packets can be aggregated Some hardwares have limitations on the packets' type in AMSDU. Add an optional driver callback to determine if two skbs can be used in the same AMSDU or not. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
edba6bda |
|
04-Sep-2018 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow AMSDU size limitation per-TID Some drivers may have AMSDU size limitation per TID, due to HW constrains. Add an option to set this limit. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0eeb2b67 |
|
04-Sep-2018 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add an option for station management TXQ We have a TXQ abstraction for non-data packets that need powersave buffering. Since the AP cannot sleep, in case of station we can use this TXQ for all management frames, regardless if they are bufferable. Add HW flag to allow that. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c3d1f875 |
|
04-Sep-2018 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
mac80211: support reporting 0-length PSDU in radiotap For certain sounding frames, it may be useful to report them to userspace even though they don't have a PSDU in order to determine the PHY parameters (e.g. VHT rate/stream config.) Add support for this to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
62872a9b |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: Fix PTK rekey freezes and clear text leak Rekeying PTK keys without "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed Frames" did use a procedure not suitable to replace in-use keys and could caused the following issues: 1) Freeze caused by incoming frames: If the local STA installed the key prior to the remote STA we still had the old key active in the hardware when mac80211 switched over to the new key. Therefore there was a window where the card could hand over frames decoded with the old key to mac80211 and bump the new PN (IV) value to an incorrect high number. When it happened the local replay detection silently started to drop all frames sent with the new key. 2) Freeze caused by outgoing frames: If mac80211 was providing the PN (IV) and handed over a clear text frame for encryption to the hardware prior to a key change the driver/card could have processed the queued frame after switching to the new key. This bumped the PN value on the remote STA to an incorrect high number, tricking the remote STA to discard all frames we sent later. 3) Freeze caused by RX aggregation reorder buffer: An aggregation session started with the old key and ending after the switch to the new key also bumped the PN to an incorrect high number, freezing the connection quite similar to 1). 4) Freeze caused by repeating lost frames in an aggregation session: A driver could repeat a lost frame and encrypt it with the new key while in a TX aggregation session without updating the PN for the new key. This also could freeze connections similar to 2). 5) Clear text leak: Removing encryption offload from the card cleared the encryption offload flag only after the card had deleted the key and we did not stop TX during the rekey. The driver/card could therefore get unencrypted frames from mac80211 while no longer be instructed to encrypt them. To prevent those issues the key install logic has been changed: - Mac80211 divers known to be able to rekey PTK0 keys have to set @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, - mac80211 stops queuing frames depending on the key during the replace - the key is first replaced in the hardware and after that in mac80211 - and mac80211 stops/blocks new aggregation sessions during the rekey. For drivers not setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 the user space must avoid PTK rekeys if "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed Frames" is not being used. Rekeys for mac80211 drivers without this flag will generate a warning and use an extra call to ieee80211_flush_queues() to both highlight and try to prevent the issues with not updated drivers. The core of the fix changes the key install procedure from: - atomic switch over to the new key in mac80211 - remove the old key in the hardware (stops encryption offloading, fall back to software encryption with a potential clear text packet leak in between) - delete the inactive old key in mac80211 - enable hardware encryption offloading for the new key to: - if it's a PTK mark the old key as tainted to drop TX frames with the outgoing key - replace the key in hardware with the new one - atomic switch over to the new (not marked as tainted) key in mac80211 (which also resumes TX) - delete the inactive old key in mac80211 With the new sequence the hardware will be unable to decrypt frames encrypted with the old key prior to switching to the new key in mac80211 and thus prevent PNs from packets decrypted with the old key to be accounted against the new key. For that to work the drivers have to provide a clear boundary. Mac80211 drivers setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 confirm to provide it and mac80211 will then be able to correctly rekey in-use PTK keys with those drivers. The mac80211 requirements for drivers to set the flag have been added to the "Hardware crypto acceleration" documentation section. It drills down to: The drivers must not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to mac80211 once the call to set_key() with %DISABLE_KEY has been completed. It's allowed to either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames which are already in the queues, but it must not send out any of them unencrypted or encrypted with the new key. Even with the new boundary in place aggregation sessions with the reorder buffer are problematic: RX aggregation session started prior and completed after the rekey could still dump frames received with the old key at mac80211 after it switched over to the new key. This is side stepped by stopping all (RX and TX) aggregation sessions when replacing a PTK key and hardware key offloading. Stopping TX aggregation sessions avoids the need to get the PNs (IVs) updated in frames prepared for the old key and (re)transmitted after the switch to the new key. As a bonus it improves the compatibility when the remote STA is not handling rekeys as it should. When using software crypto aggregation sessions are not stopped. Mac80211 won't be able to decode the dangerous frames and discard them without special handling. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> [trim overly long rekey warning] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d1332e7b |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
mac80211: support radiotap L-SIG data As before with HE, the data needs to be provided by the driver in the skb head, since there's not enough space in the skb CB. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
70e53669 |
|
08-Aug-2018 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Store sk_pacing_shift in ieee80211_hw Make it possibly for drivers to adjust the default skb_pacing_shift by storing it in the hardware struct. Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> [adjust commit log, move & adjust comment] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
09b4a4fa |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce capability flags for VHT EXT NSS support Depending on whether or not rate control supports selecting rates depending on the bandwidth, we can use VHT extended NSS support. In essence, this is dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable from the spec, since depending on that we'll need to parse the bandwidth. If needed, also set/clear the VHT Capability Element bit for this capability so that we don't advertise it erroneously or don't advertise it when we actually use it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
adf8ed01 |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add an optional TXQ for other PS-buffered frames Some drivers may want to also use the TXQ abstraction with non-data packets that need powersave buffering, so add a hardware flag to allow this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
21a5d4c3 |
|
10-Jul-2018 |
Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: add stop/start logic for software TXQs Sometimes, it is required to stop the transmissions momentarily and resume it later; stopping the txqs becomes very critical in scenarios where the packet transmission has to be ceased completely. For example, during the hardware restart, during off channel operations, when initiating CSA(upon detecting a radar on the DFS channel), etc. The TX queue stop/start logic in mac80211 works well in stopping the TX when drivers make use of netdev queues, i.e, when Qdiscs in network layer take care of traffic scheduling. Since the devices implementing wake_tx_queue can run without Qdiscs, packets will be handed to mac80211 directly without queueing them in the netdev queues. Also, mac80211 does not invoke any of the netif_stop_*/netif_wake_* APIs if wake_tx_queue is implemented. Since the queues are not stopped in this case, transmissions can continue and this will impact negatively on the operation of the wireless device. For example, During hardware restart, we stop the netdev queues so that packets are not sent to the driver. Since ath10k implements wake_tx_queue, TX queues will not be stopped and packets might reach the hardware while it is restarting; this can make hardware unresponsive and the only possible option for recovery is to reboot the entire system. There is another problem to this, it is observed that the packets were sent on the DFS channel for a prolonged duration after radar detection impacting the channel closing time. We can still invoke netif stop/wake APIs when wake_tx_queue is implemented but this could lead to packet drops in network layer; adding stop/start logic for software TXQs in mac80211 instead makes more sense; the change proposed adds the same in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
41cbb0f5 |
|
09-Jun-2018 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add support for HE Add support for HE in mac80211 conforming with P802.11ax_D1.4. Johannes: Fix another bug with the buf_size comparison in agg-rx.c. Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d4e36e55 |
|
20-Apr-2018 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Support adding duration for prepare_tx() callback There are specific cases, such as SAE authentication exchange, that might require long duration to complete. For such cases, add support for indicating to the driver the required duration of the prepare_tx() operation, so the driver would still be able to complete the frame exchange. Currently, indicate the duration only for SAE authentication exchange, as SAE authentication can take up to 2000 msec (as defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmd D1.0 p. 3504). As the patch modified the prepare_tx() callback API, also modify the relevant code in iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
03737001 |
|
20-Apr-2018 |
Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> |
mac80211: add api to set CSA counter in mac80211 Sometimes the most updated CSA counter values are known only to the device. Add an API to pass this data to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d1361b32 |
|
26-Apr-2018 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
mac80211: fix kernel-doc "bad line" warning Fix 88 instances of a kernel-doc warning: ../include/net/mac80211.h:2083: warning: bad line: > Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dcbe73ca |
|
22-Mar-2018 |
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: notify driver for change in multicast rates With drivers implementing rate control in driver or firmware rate_control_send_low() may not get called, and thus the driver needs to know about changes in the multicast rate. Add and use a new BSS change flag for this. Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> [rewrite commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7c181f4f |
|
18-Mar-2018 |
Ben Caradoc-Davies <ben@transient.nz> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_hw flag for QoS NDP support Commit 7b6ddeaf27ec ("mac80211: use QoS NDP for AP probing") added an argument qos_ok to ieee80211_nullfunc_get to support QoS NDP. Despite the claim in the commit log "Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even though it looks like most of them should be OK with that", this commit enables QoS NDP in response to beacons (see change to mlme.c:ieee80211_send_nullfunc), causing ath9k_htc to lose IP connectivity. See: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10241109/ https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=891060 Introduce a hardware flag to allow such buggy drivers to override the correct default behaviour of mac80211 of sending QoS NDP packets. Signed-off-by: Ben Caradoc-Davies <ben@transient.nz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
94ba9271 |
|
19-Feb-2018 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Call mgd_prep_tx before transmitting deauthentication In multi channel scenarios, when disassociating from the AP before a beacon was heard from the AP, it is not guaranteed that the virtual interface is granted air time for the transmission of the deauthentication frame. This in turn can lead to various issues as the AP might never get the deauthentication frame. To mitigate such possible issues, add a HW flag indicating that the driver requires mac80211 to call the mgd_prep_tx() driver callback to make sure that the virtual interface is granted immediate airtime to be able to transmit the frame, in case that no beacon was heard from the AP. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7299d6f7 |
|
19-Feb-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support reporting A-MPDU EOF bit value/known Support getting the EOF bit value reported from hardware and writing it out to radiotap. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a78b26ff |
|
12-Feb-2018 |
Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Add tx ack signal support in sta info This allows users to get ack signal strength of last transmitted frame. Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
651b9920 |
|
10-Feb-2018 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: round IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM up to multiple of 4 This ensures that mac80211 allocated management frames are properly aligned, which makes copying them more efficient. For instance, mt76 uses iowrite32_copy to copy beacon frames to beacon template memory on the chip. Misaligned 32-bit accesses cause CPU exceptions on MIPS and should be avoided. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e7881bd5 |
|
19-Dec-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API" This reverts commit e937b8da5a591f141fe41aa48a2e898df9888c95. Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0973dd45 |
|
19-Dec-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: Add airtime account and scheduling to TXQs" This reverts commit b0d52ad821843a6c5badebd80feef9f871904fa6. We need to revert the TXQ scheduling API due to conflicts with a new driver, and this depends on that API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b0d52ad8 |
|
30-Oct-2017 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Add airtime account and scheduling to TXQs This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ scheduler. A new hardware flag, AIRTIME_ACCOUNTING, is added that drivers can set if they support reporting airtime usage of transmissions. When this flag is set, mac80211 will expect the actual airtime usage to be reported in the tx_time and rx_time fields of the respective status structs. When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs (through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k in-driver airtime fairness scheduling. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e937b8da |
|
30-Oct-2017 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs and changes the interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling as follows: - The wake_tx_queue callback interface no longer includes the TXQ. Instead, the driver is expected to retrieve that from ieee80211_next_txq() - Two new mac80211 functions are added: ieee80211_next_txq() and ieee80211_schedule_txq(). The former returns the next TXQ that should be scheduled, and is how the driver gets a queue to pull packets from. The latter is called internally by mac80211 to start scheduling a queue, and the driver is supposed to call it to re-schedule the TXQ after it is finished pulling packets from it (unless the queue emptied). The ath9k and ath10k drivers are changed to use the new API. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9de18d81 |
|
01-Dec-2017 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add MIC space only for TX key option Add a key flag to indicates that the device only needs MIC space and not a real MIC. In such cases, keep the MIC zeroed for ease of debug. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e2fb1b83 |
|
24-Oct-2017 |
Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: enable TDLS peer buffer STA feature Allow drivers to set the buffer station extended capability for TDLS links, with a new hardware flag indicating this. Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com> [change commit log/documentation wording] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7b6ddeaf |
|
21-Nov-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use QoS NDP for AP probing When connected to a QoS/WMM AP, mac80211 should use a QoS NDP for probing it, instead of a regular non-QoS one, fix this. Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even though it looks like most of them should be OK with that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1272c5d8 |
|
18-Aug-2017 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() Add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() function and, while at it, rename the bit argument to tid, for consistency. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
53168215 |
|
21-Jun-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix VLAN handling with TXQs With TXQs, the AP_VLAN interfaces are resolved to their owner AP interface when enqueuing the frame, which makes sense since the frame really goes out on that as far as the driver is concerned. However, this introduces a problem: frames to be encrypted with a VLAN-specific GTK will now be encrypted with the AP GTK, since the information about which virtual interface to use to select the key is taken from the TXQ. Fix this by preserving info->control.vif and using that in the dequeue function. This now requires doing the driver-mapping in the dequeue as well. Since there's no way to filter the frames that are sitting on a TXQ, drop all frames, which may affect other interfaces, when an AP_VLAN is removed. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04c2cf34 |
|
11-Jul-2017 |
Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com> |
mac80211: add api to start ba session timer expired flow Some drivers handle rx buffer reordering internally (and by extension handle also the rx ba session timer internally), but do not ofload the addba/delba negotiation. Add an api for these drivers to properly tear-down the ba session, including sending a delba. Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
|
#
699cb58c |
|
30-May-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: manage RX BA session offload without SKB queue Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation of the fake skb. Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
484a54c2 |
|
06-Apr-2017 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Dynamically set CoDel parameters per station CoDel can be too aggressive if a station sends at a very low rate, leading reduced throughput. This gets worse the more stations are present, as each station gets more bursty the longer the round-robin scheduling between stations takes. This adds dynamic adjustment of CoDel parameters per station. It uses the rate selection information to estimate throughput and sets more lenient CoDel parameters if the estimated throughput is below a threshold (modified by the number of active stations). A new callback is added that drivers can use to notify mac80211 about changes in expected throughput, so the same adjustment can be made for cards that implement rate control in firmware. Drivers that don't use this will just get the default parameters. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [remove currently unnecessary EXPORT_SYMBOL, fix kernel-doc, remove inline annotation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2f242bf4 |
|
05-May-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: properly remove RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ Somehow I missed this in my RX rate cleanup series, causing some drivers to not report correct bandwidth since this flag isn't used by mac80211 anymore. Fix this, and make hwsim also report higher bandwidths appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e38a017b |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add support for BSS max idle period element Parse the BSS max idle period element and set the BSS configuration accordingly so the driver can use this information to configure the max idle period and to use protected management frames for keep alive when required. The BSS max idle period element is defined in IEEE802.11-2016, section 9.4.2.79 Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5fe49a9d |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_status_ext This allows the driver to pass in struct ieee80211_tx_status directly. Make ieee80211_tx_status_noskb a wrapper around it. As with ieee80211_tx_status_noskb, there is no _ni variant of this call, because it probably won't be needed. Even if the driver won't provide any extra status info other than what's in struct ieee80211_tx_info already, it can optimize status reporting this way by passing in the station pointer. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [use C99 initializers] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
18fb84d9 |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: make rate control tx status API more extensible Rename .tx_status_noskb to .tx_status_ext and pass a new on-stack struct ieee80211_tx_status instead of struct ieee80211_tx_info. This struct can be used to pass extra information, e.g. for dynamic tx power control Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8613c948 |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename ieee80211_rx_status::vht_nss to just nss This field will need to be used again for HE, so rename it now. Again, mostly done with this spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_nss +status->nss @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_nss +status.nss Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
da6a4352 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: separate encoding/bandwidth from flags We currently use a lot of flags that are mutually incompatible, separate this out into actual encoding and bandwidth enum values. Much of this again done with spatch, with manual post-editing, mostly to add the switch statements and get rid of the conversions. @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_80 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_40 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_20MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_20 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_160 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_5 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_10 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_HT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_VHT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_5) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_10) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_40) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_80) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_160) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7fdd69c5 |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status In preparation for adding support for HE rates, clean up the driver report encoding for rate/bandwidth reporting on RX frames. Much of this patch was done with the following spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & (RX_FLAG_HT | RX_FLAG_VHT) +status->enc_flags & (RX_ENC_FLAG_HT | RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status->flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status->enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status.flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status.enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ @@ -RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b61fbda1 |
|
06-Mar-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_tx_rate_control.max_rate_idx As promised a little more than 7 years ago, remove it now since nothing uses it anymore. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2c3c5f8c |
|
09-Feb-2017 |
Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add set_cqm_rssi_range_config Support .set_cqm_rssi_range_config if the beacons are available for processing in mac80211. There's no reason that this couldn't be offloaded by mac80211-based drivers but there's no driver method for that added in this patch. Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9332ef9d |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com> |
scripts/spelling.txt: add "an user" pattern and fix typo instances Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt: an user||a user an userspace||a userspace I also added "userspace" to the list since it is a common word in Linux. I found some instances for "an userfaultfd", but I did not add it to the list. I felt it is endless to find words that start with "user" such as "userland" etc., so must draw a line somewhere. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-4-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
#
769f07d8 |
|
24-Jan-2017 |
Andrzej Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> |
mac80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time (parameter is 0). Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
57eeb208 |
|
13-Jan-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix documentation warnings For a few restructured text warnings in mac80211, making the documentation warning-free (for now). In order to not add trailing whitespace, but also not introduce too much noise into this change, move just the affected docs into inline comments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cef0acd4 |
|
21-Nov-2016 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add RX flag to indicate ICV stripped Add a flag that indicates that the WEP ICV was stripped from an RX packet, allowing the device to not transfer that if it's already checked. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3db5e3e7 |
|
05-Jan-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: move IEEE80211_NUM_ACS to ieee80211.h This constant isn't really specific to mac80211, so move it "up" a level to ieee80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b4f7f4ad |
|
21-Oct-2016 |
Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f438ceb8 |
|
18-Oct-2016 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: uapsd_queues is in QoS IE order The uapsd_queue field is in QoS IE order and not in IEEE80211_AC_*'s order. This means that mac80211 would get confused between BK and BE which is certainly not such a big deal but needs to be fixed. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f3fe4e93 |
|
18-Oct-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add a HW flag for supporting HW TX fragmentation Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set or not. However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation capability depending on HW generation. Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the callback. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> [added the flag to ath10k and wlcore] Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0aa419ec |
|
18-Oct-2016 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow the driver not to pass the tid to ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger iwlwifi will check internally that the tid maps to an AC that is trigger enabled, but can't know what tid exactly. Allow the driver to pass a generic tid and make mac80211 assume that a trigger frame was received. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a3e2f4b6 |
|
15-Oct-2016 |
Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> |
mac80211: fix A-MSDU outer SA/DA According to IEEE 802.11-2012 section 8.3.2 table 8-19, the outer SA/DA of A-MSDU frames need to be changed depending on FromDS/ToDS values. Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> [use ether_addr_copy and add alignment annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bb42f2d1 |
|
22-Sep-2016 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Move reorder-sensitive TX handlers to after TXQ dequeue The TXQ intermediate queues can cause packet reordering when more than one flow is active to a single station. Since some of the wifi-specific packet handling (notably sequence number and encryption handling) is sensitive to re-ordering, things break if they are applied before the TXQ. This splits up the TX handlers and fast_xmit logic into two parts: An early part and a late part. The former is applied before TXQ enqueue, and the latter after dequeue. The non-TXQ path just applies both parts at once. Because fragments shouldn't be split up or reordered, the fragmentation handler is run after dequeue. Any fragments are then kept in the TXQ and on subsequent dequeues they take precedence over dequeueing from the FQ structure. This approach avoids having to scatter special cases all over the place for when TXQ is enabled, at the cost of making the fast_xmit and TX handler code slightly more complex. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [fix a few code-style nits, make ieee80211_xmit_fast_finish void, remove a useless txq->sta check] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
354d381b |
|
28-Sep-2016 |
Pedersen, Thomas <twp@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: add offset_tsf driver op and use it for mesh This allows the mesh sync (and debugfs) code to make incremental TSF adjustments, avoiding any uncertainty introduced by delay in programming absolute TSF. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
92bc43bc |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add API to report NAN function match Provide an API to report NAN function match. Mac80211 will lookup the corresponding cookie and report the match to cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
167e33f4 |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5953ff6d |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
708d50ed |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e8a24cd4 |
|
13-Sep-2016 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to handle packet-loss mechanism Based on consecutive msdu failures, mac80211 triggers CQM packet-loss mechanism. Drivers like ath10k that have its own connection monitoring algorithm, offloaded to firmware for triggering station kickout. In case of station kickout, driver will report low ack status by mac80211 API (ieee80211_report_low_ack). This flag will enable the driver to completely rely on firmware events for station kickout and bypass mac80211 packet loss mechanism. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c7e9dbcf |
|
14-Sep-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove sta_remove_debugfs driver callback No drivers implement this, relying either on the recursive directory removal to remove their debugfs, or not having any to start with. Remove the dead driver callback. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
99ee7cae |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add support for radiotap timestamp field Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
480dd46b |
|
22-Aug-2016 |
Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com> |
mac80211: RX BA support for sta max_rx_aggregation_subframes The ability to change the max_rx_aggregation frames is useful in cases of IOP. There exist some devices (latest mobile phones and some AP's) that tend to not respect a BA sessions maximum size (in Kbps). These devices won't respect the AMPDU size that was negotiated during association (even though they do respect the maximal number of packets). This violation is characterized by a valid number of packets in a single AMPDU. Even so, the total size will exceed the size negotiated during association. Eventually, this will cause some undefined behavior, which in turn causes the hw to drop packets, causing the throughput to plummet. This patch will make the subframe limitation to be held by each station, instead of being held only by hw. Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2439ca04 |
|
04-Aug-2016 |
Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com> |
mac80211: Add ieee80211_hw pointer to get_expected_throughput The variable is added to allow the driver an easy access to it's own hw->priv when the op is invoked. This fixes a crash in wlcore because it was relying on a station pointer that wasn't initialized yet. It's the wrong way to fix the crash, but it solves the problem for now and it does make sense to have the hw pointer here. Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com> [rewrite commit message, fix indentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7947d3e0 |
|
05-Jul-2016 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add support for beacon report radio measurement Add the following to support beacon report radio measurement with the measurement mode field set to passive or active: 1. Propagate the required scan duration to the device 2. Report the scan start time (in terms of TSF) 3. Report each BSS's detection time (also in terms of TSF) TSF times refer to the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to. Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> [changed ath9k/10k, at76c59x-usb, iwlegacy, wl1251 and wlcore to match the new API] Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5caa328e |
|
19-May-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: implement codel on fair queuing flows There is no other limit other than a global packet count limit when using software queuing. This means a single flow queue can grow insanely long. This is particularly bad for TCP congestion algorithms which requires a little more sophisticated frame dropping scheme than a mere headdrop on limit overflow. Hence apply (a slighly modified, to fit the knobs) CoDel5 on flow queues. This improves TCP convergence and stability when combined with wireless driver which keeps its own tx queue/fifo at a minimum fill level for given link conditions. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
80a83cfc |
|
19-May-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: skip netdev queue control with software queuing Qdiscs are designed with no regard to 802.11 aggregation requirements and hand out packet-by-packet with no guarantee they are destined to the same tid. This does more bad than good no matter how fairly a given qdisc may behave on an ethernet interface. Software queuing used per-AC netdev subqueue congestion control whenever a global AC limit was hit. This meant in practice a single station or tid queue could starve others rather easily. This could resonate with qdiscs in a bad way or could just end up with poor aggregation performance. Increasing the AC limit would increase induced latency which is also bad. Disabling qdiscs by default and performing taildrop instead of netdev subqueue congestion control on the other hand makes it possible for tid queues to fill up "in the meantime" while preventing stations starving each other. This increases aggregation opportunities and should allow software queuing based drivers achieve better performance by utilizing airtime more efficiently with big aggregates. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
46fa38e8 |
|
03-May-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow software PS-Poll/U-APSD with AP_LINK_PS When using RSS, frames might not be processed in the correct order, and thus AP_LINK_PS must be used; most likely with firmware keeping track of the powersave state, this is the case in iwlwifi now. In this case, the driver can use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to still have mac80211 manage powersave buffering. However, for U-APSD and PS-Poll this isn't sufficient. If the device can't manage that entirely on its own, mac80211's code should be used. To allow this, export two functions: ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger() and ieee80211_sta_pspoll(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f631a77b |
|
03-May-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow same PN for AMSDU sub-frames Some hardware (iwlwifi an example) de-aggregate AMSDUs and copy the IV as is to the generated MPDUs, so the same PN appears in multiple packets without being a replay attack. Allow driver to explicitly indicate that a frame is allowed to have the same PN as the previous frame. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
57fbcce3 |
|
12-Apr-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6e0456b5 |
|
03-Mar-2016 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only supported for debugging purposes. To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix locking issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c9c5962b |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: enable collecting station statistics per-CPU If the driver advertises the new HW flag USE_RSS, make the station statistics on the fast-rx path per-CPU. This will enable calling the RX in parallel, only hitting locking or shared cachelines when the fast-RX path isn't available. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d63b548f |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow passing transmitter station on RX Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band from their device, which station transmitted a given RX frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211 to save the extra lookup. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
52cfa1d6 |
|
17-Mar-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
mac80211: track and tell driver about GO client P2P PS abilities Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanism, and thus if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it should disable P2P PS mechanisms. Let the driver know about this with a new bss_conf parameter. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
84ea3a18 |
|
18-Mar-2016 |
Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com> |
mac80211: add doc for RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED flag Add documentation for the flag for duplication check. Fixes the following warning when running make htmldocs: warning: Enum value 'RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED' not described in enum 'mac80211_rx_flags' Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com> [fix description] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f59374eb |
|
02-Mar-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f980ebc0 |
|
24-Feb-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow not sending MIC up from driver for HW crypto When HW crypto is used, there's no need for the CCMP/GCMP MIC to be available to mac80211, and the hardware might have removed it already after checking. The MIC is also useless to have when the frame is already decrypted, so allow indicating that it's not present. Since we are running out of bits in mac80211_rx_flags, make the flags field a u64. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
162dd6a7 |
|
23-Feb-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to report CLOCK_BOOTTIME for scan results This was requested by Android, and the appropriate cfg80211 API had been added by Dmitry. Support it in mac80211, allowing drivers to provide the timestamp. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b5a33d52 |
|
15-Feb-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: move MU_MIMO_OWNER flag to ieee80211_vif Drivers may need to track which vif is using VHT MU-MIMO. Move the flag indicationg the ownership of MU_MIMO to ieee80211_vif. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
65554d07 |
|
15-Feb-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: provide interface to driver to set VHT MU-MIMO data Provide an interface to the lower level driver to set the VHT MU-MIMO data. This is needed for example when there is an update of the group data during low power state, where the management frame will not be passed to the host at all. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ca48ebbc |
|
14-Feb-2016 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_get_key_tx_seq/ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq Since the PNs of all the tx keys are now tracked in the public part of the key struct (with atomic counter), we no longer need these functions. dvm and vt665{5,6} are currently the only users of these functions, so update them accordingly. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f8079d43 |
|
14-Feb-2016 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: move TKIP TX IVs to public part of key struct Some drivers/devices might want to set the IVs by themselves (and still let mac80211 generate MMIC). Specifically, this is needed when the device does offloading at certain times, and the driver has to make sure that the IVs of new tx frames (from the host) are synchronized with IVs that were potentially used during the offloading. Similarly to CCMP, move the TX IVs of TKIP keys to the public part of the key struct, and export a function to add the IV right into the crypto header. The public tx_pn field is defined as atomic64, so define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16/32 helper macros to convert it to iv16/32 when needed. Since the iv32 used for the p1k cache is taken directly from the frame, we can safely remove iv16/32 from being protected by tkip.txlock. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06470f74 |
|
28-Jan-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add API to allow filtering frames in BA sessions If any frames are dropped that are part of a BA session, the reorder buffer will "indefinitely" (until the timeout) wait for them to come in (or a BAR moving the window) and won't release frames after them. This means it isn't possible to filter frames within a BA session in firmware. Introduce an API function that allows such filtering. Calling this function will move the BA window forward to the new SSN, and allows marking frames after the SSN as having been filtered, so any future reordering activity will release frames while skipping the holes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f2ac7e30 |
|
27-Jan-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: expose txq queue depth and size to drivers This will allow drivers to make more educated decisions whether to defer transmission or not. Relying on wake_tx_queue() call count implicitly was not possible because it could be called without queued frame count actually changing on software tx aggregation start/stop code paths. It was also not possible to know how long byte-wise queue was without dequeueing. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dfdfc2be |
|
26-Jan-2016 |
Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> |
mac80211: Parse legacy and HT rate in injected frames Drivers/devices without their own rate control algorithm can get the information what rates they should use from either the radiotap header of injected frames or from the rate control algorithm. But the parsing of the legacy rate information from the radiotap header was removed in commit e6a9854b05c1 ("mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API"). The removal of this feature heavily reduced the usefulness of frame injection when wanting to simulate specific transmission behavior. Having rate parsing together with MCS rates and retry support allows a fine grained selection of the tx behavior of injected frames for these kind of tests. Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f4a0f0c5 |
|
25-Jan-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START The timestamp given by iwlwifi is at the beginning of the frame over the air, at (or during) the SYNC field. Allow such timestamps to be given to mac80211, at least (for now) for frames with non-HT/VHT preambles. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
538dc904 |
|
24-Dec-2015 |
Bjorn Andersson <bjorn@kryo.se> |
mac80211: Make addr const in SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR() Make the addr parameter const in SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR() to save clients from having to cast away a const qualifier. Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@sonymobile.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
506bcfa8 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: limit the A-MSDU Tx based on peer's capabilities In VHT, the specification allows to limit the number of MSDUs in an A-MSDU in the Extended Capabilities IE. There is also a limitation on the byte size in the VHT IE. In HT, the only limitation is on the byte size. Parse the capabilities from the peer and make them available to the driver. In HT, there is another limitation when a BA agreement is active: the byte size can't be greater than 4095. This is not enforced here. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
17883048 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to report (non-)monitor frames Some drivers offload some frames internally (e.g. AddBa). Reporting such frames to mac80211 would only confuse MLME. However it would be useful to be able to pass such frames to monitor interfaces for sniffing purposes, e.g. when running AP + monitor. To do that allow drivers to tell mac80211 whether a given frame should be: - processed but not delivered to any monitor vif - not processed but delievered to monitor vifs only Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
412a6d80 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: support hw managing reorder logic Enable driver to manage the reordering logic itself. This is needed for example for the iwlwifi driver that will support hardware assisted reordering. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
50ea05ef |
|
30-Dec-2015 |
Sara Sharon <sarasharon1@gmail.com> |
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4352a4d7 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: document status.freq restrictions It's not always necessary to set the status.freq field, for example when this would be an expensive calculation. It must be set for all management frames (as they might be reported to userspace), but for data frames it's not really required. Document this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fad47186 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass RX aggregation window size to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the window size when starting an RX aggregation session. To enable managing the reorder buffer in the driver or hardware the window size is needed. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f9cfa5f3 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add flag for duplication check Add an option for driver to check for packet duplication by itself. This is needed for example by the iwlwifi driver which parallelizes the RX path and does the duplication check per queue. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
23a1f8d4 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: process and save VHT MU-MIMO group frame The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign or change the user position of a STA for one or more group IDs. Process and save the group membership data. Notify underlying driver of changes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b115b972 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com <Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com> |
mac80211: add new IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE flag Add new VIF flag, that will allow get NOA update notification when driver will request this, even this is not pure P2P vif (eg. STA vif). Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ef044763 |
|
17-Nov-2015 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add atomic uploaded keys iterator add ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu() to iterate over uploaded keys in atomic context (when rcu is locked) The station removal code removes the keys only after calling synchronize_net(), so it's not safe to iterate the keys at this point (and postponing the actual key deletion with call_rcu() might result in some badly-ordered ops calls). Add a flag to indicate a station is being removed, and skip the configured keys if it's set. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0ead2510 |
|
17-Nov-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow the driver to send EOSP when needed This can happen when the driver needs to send less frames than expected and then needs to close the SP. Mac80211 still needs to set the more_data properly based on its buffer state (ps_tx_buffer and buffered frames on other TIDs). To that end, refactor the code that delivers frames upon uAPSD trigger frames to be able to get only the more_data bit without actually delivering those frames in case the driver is just asking to set a NDP with EOSP and MORE_DATA bit properly set. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
31104891 |
|
22-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to prevent two stations w/ same address Some devices or drivers cannot deal with having the same station address for different virtual interfaces, say as a client to two virtual AP interfaces. Rather than requiring each driver with a limitation like that to enforce it, add a hardware flag for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ac062197 |
|
17-Nov-2015 |
Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> |
mac80211: always set the buf_size in AddBA req to 64 Advertising reordering window in ADDBA less than 64 can crash some APs, an example is LinkSys WRT120N (with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012). On the other hand, a driver may need to limit Tx A-MPDU size for its own reasons, like specific HW limitations. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dcae9e02 |
|
30-Oct-2015 |
Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> |
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e86abc68 |
|
22-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: clarify RSSI CQM reporting requirements The previous patch changed mac80211 to always report an event after a CQM RSSI reconfiguration. Document that as expected behaviour in both the cfg80211 and mac80211 API. Currently, iwlmvm already implements that behaviour; the other drivers implementing CQM RSSI events may have to be changed. This behaviour lets userspace know what the current state is without relying on querying the data which is racy. Reviewed-by: Sharon, Sara <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4a733ef1 |
|
14-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove PM-QoS listener As this API has never really seen any use and most drivers don't ever use the value derived from it, remove it. Change the only driver using it (rt2x00) to simply use the DTIM period instead of the "max sleep" time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
93f0490e |
|
06-Oct-2015 |
Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com> |
Revert "mac80211: remove exposing 'mfp' to drivers" This reverts commit 5c48f1201744233d4f235c7dd916d5196ed20716. Some device drivers (ath10k) offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of AddBA/DelBA action frames. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
35afa588 |
|
09-Sep-2015 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Copy tx'ed beacons to monitor mode When debugging wireless powersave issues on the AP side it's quite helpful to see our own beacons that are transmitted by the hardware/driver. However, this is not that easy since beacons don't pass through the regular TX queues. Preferably drivers would call ieee80211_tx_status also for tx'ed beacons but that's not always possible. Hence, just send a copy of each beacon generated by ieee80211_beacon_get_tim to monitor devices when they are getting fetched by the driver. Also add a HW flag IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS that can be used by drivers to indicate that they report TX status for beacons. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> (with a fix from Christian Lamparted rolled in) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5359d112 |
|
14-Sep-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: add pointer for driver use to key" This reverts commit f9a060f4b2003eb7350762e60dfc576447e44bad. No driver has turned up needing this functionality, and I've just implemented the functionality I wanted this for in a different way. Thus, remove it again, until somebody shows up with a need for having it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
99e7ca44 |
|
15-Aug-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow the driver to advertise A-MSDU within A-MPDU Rx support Drivers may be interested in receiving A-MSDU within A-MDPU. Not all the devices may be able to do so, make it configurable. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3abc8ff |
|
16-Aug-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow to transmit A-MSDU within A-MPDU Advertise the capability to send A-MSDU within A-MPDU in the AddBA request sent by mac80211. Let the driver know about the peer's capabilities. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1b09b556 |
|
15-Aug-2015 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce per vif frame registration API Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev. Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel devices. Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register() Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
22f66895 |
|
18-Aug-2015 |
Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com> |
mac80211: protect non-HT BSS when HT TDLS traffic exists HT TDLS traffic should be protected in a non-HT BSS to avoid collisions. Therefore, when TDLS peers join/leave, check if protection is (now) needed and set the ht_operation_mode of the virtual interface according to the HT capabilities of the TDLS peer(s). This works because a non-HT BSS connection never sets (or otherwise uses) the ht_operation_mode; it just means that drivers must be aware that this field applies to all HT traffic for this virtual interface, not just the traffic within the BSS. Document that. Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4b58c37b |
|
08-Jul-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_aes_cmac_calculate_k1_k2() The iwlwifi driver was the only driver that used this, but as it turns out it never needed it, so we can remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f9a060f4 |
|
12-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add pointer for driver use to key Some drivers may need to store data per key, for example for PN validation. Allow this by adding a pointer to the struct that the driver can assign. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b98fb44f |
|
10-Jun-2015 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: define TDLS wider BW support bits Allow a device to specify support for the TDLS wider-bandwidth feature. Indicate this support during TDLS setup in the ext-capab IE and set an appropriate station flag when our TDLS peer supports it. This feature gives TDLS peers the ability to use a wider channel than the base width of the BSS. For instance VHT capable TDLS peers connected on a 20MHz channel can extend the channel to 80MHz, if regulatory considerations allow it. Do not cap the bandwidth of such stations by the current BSS channel width in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
981d94a8 |
|
12-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support device/driver PN check for CCMP/GCMP When there are multiple RX queues, the PN checks in mac80211 cannot be used since packets might be processed out of order on different CPUs. Allow the driver to report that the PN has been checked, drivers that will use multi-queue RX will have to set this flag. For now, the flag is only valid when the frame has been decrypted, in theory that restriction doesn't have to be there, but in practice the hardware will have decrypted the frame already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c028b5f |
|
12-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove zero-length A-MPDU subframe reporting As there's no driver using this capability and reporting zero-length A-MPDU subframes for radiotap monitoring, remove the capability to free up two RX flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
af9f9b22 |
|
11-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't store napi struct When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of all drivers are currently using it at all. While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5c48f120 |
|
17-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove exposing 'mfp' to drivers There's no driver using this, so remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30686bf7 |
|
02-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c2d3955b |
|
02-Jun-2015 |
Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl> |
mac80211: remove obsolete sentence from documentation FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS was removed in commit df1404650ccb ("mac80211: remove support for IFF_PROMISC"). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c526a467 |
|
02-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename single hw-scan flag to follow naming convention The naming convention is to always have the flags prefixed with IEEE80211_HW_ so they're 'namespaced', make this flag follow it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ea1b2b45 |
|
02-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove short slot/short preamble incapable flags There are no drivers setting IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE or IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE, so any code using the two flags is dead; it's also exceedingly unlikely that any new driver could ever need to set these flags. The wcn36xx code is almost certainly broken, but this preserves the previous behaviour. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3b79af97 |
|
01-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop using pointers as userspace cookies Even if the pointers are really only accessible to root and used pretty much only by wpa_supplicant, this is still not great; even for debugging it'd be easier to have something that's easier to read and guaranteed to never get reused. With the recent change to make mac80211 create an ack_skb for the mgmt-tx path this becomes possible, only the client probe method needs to also allocate an ack_skb, and we can store the cookie in that skb. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db388a56 |
|
01-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move TX PN to public part of key struct For drivers supporting TSO or similar features, but that still have PN assignment in software, there's a need to have some memory to store the current PN value. As mac80211 already stores this and it's somewhat complicated to add a per-driver area to the key struct (due to the dynamic sizing thereof) it makes sense to just move the TX PN to the keyconf, i.e. the public part of the key struct. As TKIP is more complicated and we won't able to offload it in this way right now (fast-xmit is skipped for TKIP unless the HW does it all, and our hardware needs MMIC calculation in software) I've not moved that for now - it's possible but requires exposing a lot of the internal TKIP state. As an bonus side effect, we can remove a lot of code by assuming the keyseq struct has a certain layout - with BUILD_BUG_ON to verify it. This might also improve performance, since now TX and RX no longer share a cacheline. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3a7af58f |
|
13-Apr-2015 |
Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> |
mac80211: Fix mac80211.h docbook comments A couple of enums in mac80211.h became structures recently, but the comments didn't follow suit, leading to errors like: Error(.//include/net/mac80211.h:367): Cannot parse enum! Documentation/DocBook/Makefile:93: recipe for target 'Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml' failed make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml] Error 1 Makefile:1361: recipe for target 'mandocs' failed make: *** [mandocs] Error 2 Fix the comments comments accordingly. Added a couple of other small comment fixes while I was there to silence other recently-added docbook warnings. Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f8bdbb58 |
|
20-May-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add missing drv_priv description for TXQ struct The kernel-doc description for the drv_priv member of struct ieee80211_txq was missing, leading to errors. Add a suitable description to fix that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a31cf1c6 |
|
20-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: extend get_key() to return PN for all ciphers For ciphers not supported by mac80211, the function currently doesn't return any PN data. Fix this by extending the driver's get_key_seq() a little more to allow moving arbitrary PN data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9352c19f |
|
20-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f5c4ae07 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make LED trigger names const This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const as they're not expected to be modified by drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ff419b3f |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
mac80211: fix 90 kernel-doc warnings Eliminate 90 of these warnings: Warning(..//include/net/mac80211.h:1682): No description found for parameter 'drv_priv[0]' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b497de63 |
|
20-Apr-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify the driver on reordering buffer timeout When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a good indication that something went wrong and the driver may want to know about that to take action or trigger debug flows. It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that is released. Notify each time the timer fires. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6382246e |
|
20-Apr-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify the driver upon BAR Rx When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe to the driver. Use the event_callback callback for this. Since more events with the same data will be added in the feature, the structure that describes the data attached to the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event. This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't sleep. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
df140465 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove support for IFF_PROMISC This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted, frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the monitor mode support should be used instead. Removing it removes a lot of corner cases. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
680a0dab |
|
13-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to support S/G If drivers want to support S/G (really just gather DMA on TX) then we can now easily support this on the fast-xmit path since it just needs to write to the ethernet header (and already has a check for that being possible.) However, disallow this on the regular TX path (which has to handle fragmentation, software crypto, etc.) by calling skb_linearize(). Also allow the related HIGHDMA since that's not interesting to the code in mac80211 at all anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
17c18bf8 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add TX fastpath In order to speed up mac80211's TX path, add the "fast-xmit" cache that will cache the data frame 802.11 header and other data to be able to build the frame more quickly. This cache is rebuilt when external triggers imply changes, but a lot of the checks done per packet today are simplified away to the check for the cache. There's also a more detailed description in the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a839e463 |
|
13-Apr-2015 |
Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> |
mac80211: Fix mac80211.h docbook comments A couple of enums in mac80211.h became structures recently, but the comments didn't follow suit, leading to errors like: Error(.//include/net/mac80211.h:367): Cannot parse enum! Documentation/DocBook/Makefile:93: recipe for target 'Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml' failed make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml] Error 1 Makefile:1361: recipe for target 'mandocs' failed make: *** [mandocs] Error 2 Fix the comments comments accordingly. Added a couple of other small comment fixes while I was there to silence other recently-added docbook warnings. Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
29464ccc |
|
31-Mar-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: move IE split utilities here from mac80211 As the next patch will require the IE splitting utility functions in cfg80211, move them there from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ba8c3d6f |
|
27-Mar-2015 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
527871d7 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make sta.wme indicate whether QoS is used Indicating just the peer's capability is fairly pointless if the local device doesn't support it. Make the variable track both combined, and remove the 'local support' check in the TX path. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a90faa9d |
|
16-Mar-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify the driver about deauth This can allow the driver to take action based on the reason of the deauth. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d0d1a12f |
|
16-Mar-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify the driver about association status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the association. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a9409093 |
|
16-Mar-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify the driver about authentication status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the authentication. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a8182929 |
|
16-Mar-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dc5a1ad7 |
|
12-Mar-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow to get wireless_dev structure from ieee80211_vif This will allow mac80211 drivers to call cfg80211 APIs with the right handle. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
64a8cef4 |
|
02-Mar-2015 |
SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: provide station PMF configuration to driver Some device drivers offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of AddBA/DelBA action frames. Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com> [fix commit log, documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3384d757 |
|
01-Mar-2015 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow iterating inactive interfaces Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty". Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag. This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive APIs remains the same. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ecc3905 |
|
01-Mar-2015 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: Update beacon's timing and DTIM count on every beacon Beacon's timestamp, device system time associated with this beacon and DTIM count parameters are not updated in the associated vif context if the latest beacon's content is identical to the previously received. It make sense to update these changing parameters on every beacon so the driver can get most updated values. This may be necessary, for example, to avoid either beacons' drift effect or device time stamp overrun. IMPORTANT: Three sync_* parameters - sync_ts, sync_device_ts and sync_dtim_count would possibly be out of sync by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently guaranteed only in certain callbacks. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8ade538b |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
00b9cfa3 |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add GCMP and GCMP-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [remove a spurious newline] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db82d8a9 |
|
13-Jan-2015 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> |
mac80211: enable TPC through mac80211 stack Control per packet Transmit Power Control (TPC) in lower drivers according to TX power settings configured by the user. In particular TPC is enabled if value passed in enum nl80211_tx_power_setting is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if nl80211_tx_power_setting is set to NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace) Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fa7e1fbc |
|
22-Jan-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to control software crypto Some drivers unfortunately cannot support software crypto, but mac80211 currently assumes that they do. This has the issue that if the hardware enabling fails for some reason, the software fallback is used, which won't work. This clearly isn't desirable, the error should be reported and the key setting refused. Support this in mac80211 by allowing drivers to set a new HW flag IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, in which case mac80211 will only allow software fallback if the set_key() method returns 1. The driver will also need to advertise supported cipher suites so that mac80211 doesn't advertise any (future) software ciphers that the driver can't actually do. While at it, to make it easier to support this, refactor the ieee80211_init_cipher_suites() code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f89903d5 |
|
15-Jan-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove 80+80 MHz rate reporting These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec, so it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver uses them yet, this is also not a problem, just remove them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2b9a7e1b |
|
17-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to provide most station statistics In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211. Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"), that can be added if it turns out to be needed. This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be implemented using sta_statistics(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db12847c |
|
06-Jan-2015 |
Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com> |
mac80211: Re-fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can safely be decremented for most drivers. The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid assumption for p54 and cw1200. Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it. Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us> Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1e359a5d |
|
05-Jan-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter" This reverts commit ca34e3b5c808385b175650605faa29e71e91991b. It turns out that the p54 and cw2100 drivers assume that there's tailroom even when they don't say they really need it. However, there's currently no way for them to explicitly say they do need it, so for now revert this. This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=90331. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ca34e3b5c808 ("mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter") Reported-by: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us> Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Debugged-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
848955cc |
|
10-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move U-APSD enablement to vif flags In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support, move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the fly if needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5cf16616 |
|
10-Dec-2014 |
Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Fix accounting of multicast frames Since multicast frames are marked as no-ack, using IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK to check if they have been successfully transmitted by the driver is incorrect since a driver can choose to ignore transmission status for no-ack frames. This results in incorrect accounting for such frames. To fix this issue, this patch introduces a new flag that can be used by drivers to indicate error-free transmission of no-ack frames. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [add a note about not setting the flag for non-no-ack frames] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6b127c71 |
|
10-Dec-2014 |
Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up a bit which can be used for other purposes. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f027c2ac |
|
19-Nov-2014 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_status_noskb This can be used by drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information onto specific skbs. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f684565e |
|
19-Nov-2014 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add tx_status_noskb to rate_control_ops This op works like .tx_status, except it does not need access to the skb. This will be used by drivers that cannot match tx status information to specific packets. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
98f03342 |
|
25-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: clean up beacon loss CQM event Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly, but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet. Move the event to its own function call internally and to its own event attribute in nl80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f815e2b3 |
|
18-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify drivers on sta rate table changes This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a344d677 |
|
12-Jun-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b6da911b |
|
19-Nov-2014 |
Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> |
mac80211: synchronously reserve TID per station In TDLS (e.g., TDLS off-channel) there is a requirement for some drivers to supply an unused TID between the AP and the device to the FW, to allow sending PTI requests and to allow the FW to aggregate on a specific TID for better throughput. To ensure that the allocated TID is indeed unused, this patch introduces an API for blocking the driver from TXing on that TID. Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8a4d32f3 |
|
09-Nov-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a7a6bdd0 |
|
09-Nov-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211 ones for low-level drivers. Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before passing the command down. Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly removed. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1f7bba79 |
|
06-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add back support for radiotap vendor namespace data Radiotap vendor namespace data might still be useful, but we reverted it because it used too much space in the RX status. Put it back, but address the space problem by using a single bit only and putting everything else into the skb->data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cf2c92d8 |
|
04-Nov-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: replace restart_complete() with reconfig_complete() Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order to know when frames can be passed to mac80211). Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(), and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type. Update the current users with the new prototype. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
239281f8 |
|
03-Nov-2014 |
Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@gmail.com> |
mac80211: 802.11p OCB mode support This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode support. When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID (48 '1' bits) is used. The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support 802.11p specific values. The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion. The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode). New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5b3dc42b |
|
25-Oct-2014 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add support for driver tx power reporting The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities, channel settings, antenna configuration, etc. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix tracing compilation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e27513fb |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: support creating wiphy w/out creating wlanX This will be helpful when using the mac80211_hwsim wiphys and automated testing. Let user create the vifs as needed, and named as expected. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ad28757e |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: allow creating wiphy devices with suggested name Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name. This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control over virtual radio creation/deletion. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0fc1e049 |
|
21-Oct-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: expose API allowing station iteration Allow drivers to iterate all stations currently uploaded to them. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8b94148c |
|
21-Oct-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: expose TDLS-initiator value to low level driver Some drivers need to know which station is the TDLS link initiator. Expose this value via the mac80211 ieee80211_sta structure. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a7f3a768 |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
mac80211: export IE splitting function Export ieee80211_ie_split function, so it can be reused by drivers which need to insert additional elements. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
02219b3a |
|
07-Oct-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add WMM admission control support Use the currently existing APIs between mac80211 and the low level driver to implement WMM admission control. The low level driver needs to report the media time used by each transmitted packet in ieee80211_tx_status. Based on that information, mac80211 will modify the QoS parameters of the admission controlled Access Category when the limit is reached. Once the original QoS parameters can be restored, mac80211 will do so. One issue with this approach is that management frames will also erroneously be downgraded, but the upside is that the implementation is simple. In the future, it can be extended to driver- or device-based implementations that are better. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0f791eb4 |
|
08-Oct-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow channel switch with multiple channel contexts Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine. Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in use. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f1d65583 |
|
08-Oct-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6d027bcc |
|
08-Oct-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all interface types. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ba45384 |
|
08-Oct-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add device_timestamp to the ieee80211_channel_switch struct Some devices may need the device timestamp in order to synchronize the channel switch. To pass this value back to the driver, add it to the channel switch structure and copy the device_timestamp value received in the rx info structure into it. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0d8614b4 |
|
10-Sep-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: replace SMPS hw flags with wiphy feature bits Use the new static_smps / dynamic_smps feature bits instead of mac80211-internal hw flags. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a4bcaf55 |
|
04-Sep-2014 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> |
mac80211: extend set_coverage_class signature Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1 to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d98ad83e |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright notice. For files that we have modified in the time since the change, add the proper copyright notice now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c70f59a2 |
|
29-Jul-2014 |
Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com> |
mac80211: don't resize skbs needlessly Header-less cloned skbs with sufficient headroom need not be cloned unless the tailroom is going to be modified. Fix ieee80211_skb_resize so it would only resize cloned skbs if either the header isn't released or the tailroom is going to be modified. Some drivers might have assumed that skbs are never cloned, so add a HW flag that explicitly permits cloned TX skbs. Drivers which do not modify TX skbs should set this flag to avoid copying skbs. Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ca34e3b5 |
|
29-Jul-2014 |
Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com> |
mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags will only require headroom space. Consequently, the tailroom-needed counter can safely be decremented. Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a74a8c84 |
|
22-Jul-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't duplicate station QoS capability data We currently track the QoS capability twice: for all peer stations in the WLAN_STA_WME flag, and for any clients associated to an AP interface separately for drivers in the sta->sta.wme field. Remove the WLAN_STA_WME flag and track the capability only in the driver-visible field, getting rid of the limitation that the field is only valid in AP mode. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
08cf42e8 |
|
15-Jul-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: add support for Rx reordering offloading Some drivers may be performing most of Tx/Rx aggregation on their own (e.g. in firmware) including AddBa/DelBa negotiations but may otherwise require Rx reordering assistance. The patch exports 2 new functions for establishing Rx aggregation sessions in assumption device driver has taken care of the necessary negotiations. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [fix endian bug] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5bcae31d |
|
24-Jun-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: implement multi-vif in-place reservations Multi-vif in-place reservations happen when it is impossible to allocate more channel contexts as indicated by interface combinations. Such reservations are not finalized until all assigned interfaces are ready. This still doesn't handle all possible cases (i.e. degradation of number of channels) properly. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
633e2713 |
|
06-Feb-2014 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: split sched scan IEs Split sched scan IEs to band specific and not band specific blocks. Common IEs blocks may be sent to the FW once per command, instead of per band. This allows optimization of size of the command, which may be required by some drivers (eg. iwlmvm with newer firmware version). As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers to use the new version correctly, even if they don't (yet) make use of the split data. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c56ef672 |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: support more than one band in scan request Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about different parts of the scan IEs. As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to use the correct new function type/argument. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ee10f2c7 |
|
11-Jun-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c887f0d3 |
|
11-Jun-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add API to request TDLS operation from userspace Write a mac80211 to the cfg80211 API for requesting a userspace TDLS operation. Define TDLS specific reason codes that can be used here. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1a5f0c13 |
|
23-May-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cca674d4 |
|
19-May-2014 |
Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> |
mac80211: export the expected throughput Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each driver can implement its own version based on the RC algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo). The API returns a value expressed in Kbps. Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an implementation of this API for both minstrel and minstrel_ht). The related member in the station_info object is now filled accordingly when dumping a station. Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8d77ec85 |
|
15-May-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix csa_counter_offs argument name in docbook The csa_counter_offs was erroneously described as csa_offs in the docbook section. This fixes two warnings when making htmldocs (at least): Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:3428): No description found for parameter 'csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM]' Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:3428): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'csa_offs' description in 'ieee80211_mutable_offsets' Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1af586c9 |
|
09-May-2014 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
mac80211: Handle the CSA counters correctly Make the beacon CSA counters part of ieee80211_mutable_offsets and don't decrement CSA counters when generating a beacon template. This permits the driver to offload the CSA counters handling. Since mac80211 updates the probe responses with the correct counter, the driver should sync the counter's value with mac80211 using ieee80211_csa_update_counter function. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6ec8c332 |
|
09-May-2014 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
mac80211: Provide ieee80211_beacon_get_template API Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets to TIM IE for MESH interface. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
59af6928 |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix CSA tx queue stopping It was possible for tx queues to be stuck stopped if AP CSA finalization failed. In that case neither stop_ap nor do_stop woke the queues up. This means it was impossible to perform tx at all until driver was reloaded or a successful CSA was performed later. It was possible to solve this in a simpler manner however this is more robust and future proof (having multi-vif CSA in mind). New sdata->csa_block_tx is introduced to keep track of which interfaces requested tx to be blocked for CSA. This is required because mac80211 stops all tx queues for that purpose. This means queues must be awoken only when last tx-blocking CSA interface is finished. It is still possible to have tx queues stopped after CSA failure but as soon as offending interfaces are stopped from userspace (stop_ap or ifdown) tx queues are woken up properly. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c4972cc |
|
01-May-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: set an external flag for TDLS stations Expose a new tdls flag for the public ieee80211_sta struct. This can be used in some rate control decisions. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
17d38fa8 |
|
14-Apr-2014 |
Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com> |
mac80211: add option to generate CCMP IVs only for mgmt frames Some chips can encrypt managment frames in HW, but require generated IV in the frame. Add a key flag that allows us to achieve this. Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com> [use BIT(0) to fill that spot, fix indentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
041f607d |
|
02-Apr-2014 |
Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Update conf_is_ht() to work properly with 5/10MHz channels The channels with 5/10MHz bandwidth are not HT. We have to reflect this in conf_is_ht() function which returns whether the particular channel is HT or not. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5d52ee81 |
|
27-Feb-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow reservation of a running chanctx With single-channel drivers, we need to be able to change a running chanctx if we want to use chanctx reservation. Not all drivers may be able to do this, so add a flag that indicates support for it. Changing a running chanctx can also be used as an optimization in multi-channel drivers when the context needs to be reserved for future usage. Introduce IEEE80211_CHANCTX_RESERVED chanctx mode to mark a channel as reserved so nobody else can use it (since we know it's going to change). In the future, we may allow several vifs to use the same reservation as long as they plan to use the chanctx on the same future channel. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
77be2c54 |
|
27-Mar-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: add vif to flush call This will allow the low level driver to make decision based on the vif such as queues etc... Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing functions. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [fix staging rtl8821ae driver] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fb378c23 |
|
04-Mar-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: set beamforming bit in radiotap Add a bit in rx_status.vht_flags to let the low level driver notify mac80211 about a beamformed packet. Propagate this to the radiotap header. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a0f995a5 |
|
13-Mar-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add status_driver_data array to ieee80211_tx_info Drivers might want to have private data in addition to all other ieee80211_tx_info.status fields. The current ieee80211_tx_info.rate_driver_data overlaps with some of the non-rate data (e.g. ampdu_ack_len), so it might not be good enough. Since we already know how much free bytes remained, simply use this size to define (void *) array. While on it, change ack_signal type from int to the more explicit s32 type. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
37e3308c |
|
17-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to return error from sched_scan_stop In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event. Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e227867f |
|
18-Feb-2014 |
Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com> |
treewide: Fix typo in Documentation/DocBook This patch fix spelling typo in Documentation/DocBook. It is because .html and .xml files are generated by make htmldocs, I have to fix a typo within the source files. Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com> Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
|
#
d85dad75 |
|
13-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove erroneous comment about RX radiotap header There's no way the driver can pre-build the radiotap header, so remove the comment stating that it can. Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06d181a8 |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add NAPI support back NAPI was originally added to mac80211 a long time ago (by John in commit 4e6cbfd09c66 in July 2010), but then removed years later (by Stanislaw in commit 30c97120c6c7 in February 2013). No driver ever used it, so that was fine. Now I'm adding support for NAPI to our driver, so add some code to mac80211 again to support NAPI. John was originally wrapping some (but not nearly all NAPI-related functions), but that doesn't scale very well with the number of functions that are there, some of which are even only inlines. Thus, instead of doing that, let the drivers manage the NAPI struct, except for napi_add() which is needed so mac80211 knows how to call napi_gro_receive(). Also remove some no longer needed definitions that were left when NAPI support was removed. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
448cd2e2 |
|
10-Feb-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: reset probe_send_count also in HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR case In case of beacon_loss with IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR device, mac80211 probes the ap (and disconnects on timeout) but ignores the ack. If we already got an ack, there's no reason to continue disconnecting. this can help devices that supports IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR only partially (e.g. take care of keep alives, but does not probe the ap. In case the device wants to disconnect without probing, it can just call ieee80211_connection_loss. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
63c361f5 |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: propagate STBC / LDPC flags to radiotap This capabilities weren't propagated to the radiotap header. We don't set here the VHT_KNOWN / MCS_HAVE flag because not all the low level drivers will know how to properly flag the frames, hence the low level driver will be in charge of setting IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FEC, IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_STBC and / or IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_STBC according to its capabilities. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1b8d242a |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: move VHT related RX_FLAG to another variable ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make room in flags. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0059b2b1 |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused radiotap vendor fields in ieee80211_rx_status The purpose of this housekeeping is to make some room for VHT flags. The radiotap vendor fields weren't in use. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cc01f9b5 |
|
22-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove module handling from rate control ops There's not a single rate control algorithm actually in a separate module where the module refcount would be required. Similarly, there's no specific rate control module. Therefore, all the module handling code in rate control is really just dead code, so remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
631ad703 |
|
20-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make rate control ops const Change the code to allow making all the rate control ops const, nothing ever needs to change them. Also change all drivers to make use of this and mark the ops const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
66e01cf9 |
|
13-Jan-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: only set CSA beacon when at least one beacon must be transmitted A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action frames or probe_responses. Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa() functions accordingly. With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately, instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish(). To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the next TBTT. Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c, where it makes more sense. Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b77cf4f8 |
|
08-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle MMPDUs at EOSP correctly If a uAPSD service period ends with an MMPDU, we currently just send that MMPDU, but it obviously won't get the EOSP bit set as it doesn't have a QoS header. This contradicts the standard, so add a QoS-nulldata frame after the MMPDU to properly terminate the service period with a frame that has EOSP set. Also fix a bug wrt. the TID for the MMPDU, it shouldn't be set to 0 unconditionally but use the actual TID that was assigned. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
685328b2 |
|
06-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove channel_change_time This value is no longer used by mac80211, and practically no driver ever set it to a correct value anyway, so remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a7022e65 |
|
16-Dec-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add helper functions for tracking P2P NoA state Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
70dabeb7 |
|
14-Dec-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: let the driver reserve extra tailroom in beacons Can be used to add extra IEs (such as P2P NoA) without having to reallocate the buffer. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6a9d1b91 |
|
04-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ad7e718c |
|
13-Nov-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: vendor command support Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason. It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers. Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported, no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications. Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any vendor commands. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
18cfd3bf |
|
03-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: add driver callback for per-interface multicast filter" This reverts commit 488b366a452934141959384c7a1b52b22d6154ef. The code isn't used by anyone, and the Intel driver isn't planning to use it either right now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
21f659bf |
|
11-Nov-2013 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2475b1cc |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> |
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX. Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06be6b14 |
|
14-Oct-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb() helper function This can be used by a driver to prepare skbs for transmission, which were obtained via functions such as ieee80211_probereq_get or ieee80211_nullfunc_get. This is useful for drivers that want to send those frames directly, but need rate control information to be prepared first. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
919be62b |
|
14-Oct-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add missing IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES docs Document the IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES flag. Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7578d575 |
|
01-Sep-2013 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: implement STA CSA for drivers using channel contexts Limit the current implementation to a single channel context used by a single vif, thereby avoiding multi-vif/channel complexities. Reuse the main function from AP CSA code, but move a portion out in order to fit the STA scenario. Add a new mac80211 HW flag so we don't break devices that don't support channel switch with channel-contexts. The new behavior will be opt-in. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0cfcefef |
|
23-Sep-2013 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: support reporting A-MSDU subframes individually Some devices may not be able to report A-MSDUs in single buffers. Drivers for such devices were forced to re-assemble A-MSDUs which would then be eventually disassembled by mac80211. This could lead to CPU cache thrashing and poor performance. Since A-MSDU has a single sequence number all subframes share it. This was in conflict with retransmission/duplication recovery (IEEE802.11-2012: 9.3.2.10). Patch introduces a new flag that is meant to be set for all individually reported A-MSDU subframes except the last one. This ensures the last_seq_ctrl is updated after the last subframe is processed. If an A-MSDU is actually a duplicate transmission all reported subframes will be properly discarded. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [johannes: add braces that were missing even before] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
55fff501 |
|
19-Aug-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c7c71066 |
|
21-Aug-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl() If it is needed to disconnect multiple virtual interfaces after (WoWLAN-) suspend, the most obvious approach would be to iterate all interfaces by calling ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and then call ieee80211_resume_disconnect() for each one. This is what the iwlmvm driver does. Unfortunately, this causes a locking dependency from mac80211's iflist_mtx to the key_mtx. This is problematic as the former is intentionally never held while calling any driver operation to allow drivers to iterate with their own locks held. The key_mtx is held while installing a key into the driver though, so this new lock dependency means drivers implementing the logic above can no longer hold their own lock while iterating. To fix this, add a new ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl() function that iterates while the RTNL is already held. This is true during suspend/resume, so that then the locking dependency isn't introduced. While at it, also refactor the various interface iterators and keep only a single implementation called by the various cases. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2dfca312 |
|
20-Aug-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add a flag to indicate CCK support for HT clients brcm80211 cannot handle sending frames with CCK rates as part of an A-MPDU session. Other drivers may have issues too. Set the flag in all drivers that have been tested with CCK rates. This fixes a reported brcmsmac regression introduced in commit ef47a5e4f1aaf1d0e2e6875e34b2c9595897bef6 "mac80211/minstrel_ht: fix cck rate sampling" Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10 Reported-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
27b3eb9c |
|
07-Aug-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add APIs to allow keeping connections after WoWLAN In order to be able to (securely) keep connections alive after the system was suspended for WoWLAN, we need some additional APIs. We already have API (ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify) to tell wpa_supplicant about the new replay counter if GTK rekeying was done by the device while the host was asleep, but that's not sufficient. If GTK rekeying wasn't done, we need to tell the host about sequence counters for the GTK (and PTK regardless of rekeying) that was used while asleep, add ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() for that. If GTK rekeying was done, then we need to be able to disable the old keys (with ieee80211_remove_key()) and allocate the new GTK key(s) in mac80211 (with ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add()). If protocol offload (e.g. ARP) is implemented, then also the TX sequence counter for the PTK must be updated, using the new ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq() function. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
52981cd7 |
|
31-Jul-2013 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: add vif to testmode cmd Pass the wdev from cfg80211 on to the driver as the vif if given and it's valid for the driver. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
af61a165 |
|
02-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE, for various reasons (like making those more reliable). Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to let all drivers also apply such logic to other control port protocols, should they be configured. Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
73da7d5b |
|
11-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
10dd9b7c |
|
31-Jul-2013 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
cfg80211.h/mac80211.h: Remove extern from function prototypes There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for function prototypes. Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern. extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block. Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a5e70697 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add radiotap flag and handling for 5/10 MHz Wireshark already defines radiotap channel flags for 5 and 10 MHz, so just use them in Linux radiotap too. Furthermore, add rx status flags to allow drivers to report when they received data on 5 or 10 MHz channels. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
3de805cf |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211/rc80211: add chandef to rate initialization 5 and 10 MHz support needs to know the current operating channel width, add the chandef to the rate control API. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
ad24b0da |
|
05-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation lines, replace the few places that use spaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
817cee76 |
|
19-May-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: track AP's beacon rate and give it to the driver Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers, in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
989c6505 |
|
16-May-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: Use suitable semantics for beacon availability indication Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon availability indication. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> [fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d6d23de2 |
|
03-Jun-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add a tx control flag to indicate PS-Poll/uAPSD response Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
786677d1 |
|
23-May-2013 |
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> |
mac80211: add STBC flag for radiotap Some chips can tell us if received frame was encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available in user space we can use updated radiotap specification: http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss). The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver. Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
03f831a6 |
|
02-May-2013 |
Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca> |
wireless: fix kerneldoc content in *80211.h files. Make kerneldoc content match header file content, no functional change. Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ef0621e8 |
|
22-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix unit documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f6b3d85f |
|
03-May-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix spurious RCU warning and update documentation Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0d528d85 |
|
22-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
908f8d07 |
|
07-Apr-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: indicate admission control in TX queue parameters Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this. As there's currently no support for admission control in mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the client implementation. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
991fec09 |
|
16-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix CTS protection handling The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ffbe6d3 |
|
16-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix and optimize MCS mask handling Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out. Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is set to default or not. Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate mask in txrc instead of using memcpy. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6bc8312f |
|
15-Apr-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: VHT off-by-one NSS The number of VHT spatial streams (NSS) is found in: - s8 ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] (tx - filled by rate control) - u8 ieee80211_rx_status.vht_nss (rx - filled by driver) Tx discriminates valid rates indexes with the sign bit and encodes NSS starting from 0 to 7 (note this matches some hw encodings e.g IWLMVM). Rx does not have the same constraints, and encodes NSS starting from 1 to 8 (note this matches what wireshark expects in the radiotap header). To handle ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() assume their nss parameter and return value respectively runs from 0 to 7. ATM, there are only 2 users of these: cfg.c:sta_set_rate_info_t() and iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:iwl_mvm_hwrate_to_tx_control(), but both assume nss runs from 1 to 8. This patch fixes this inconsistency by making ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() handle an nss running from 1 to 8. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
85220d71 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support secondary channel offset in CSA Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling of CSA on HT access points. For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular, the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0ca54f6c |
|
10-Apr-2013 |
Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com> |
mac80211: provide SSID in IBSS mode Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality to also work in IBSS mode. Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
675a0b04 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
219c3867 |
|
22-Jan-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to set default uAPSD parameters mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger- and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length. Allow drivers to change these default settings since different uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and be able to recover from some errors. Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are trigger- and delivery-enabled, see http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577. We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this bug any more. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
67baf663 |
|
21-Mar-2013 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add P2P NoA settings Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> [fix docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
445ea4e8 |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop queues temporarily for flushing Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of operation, which can lead to driver issues. Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to avoid transmitting new packets while they are being flushed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
39ecc01d |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d260ff12 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: remove vif debugfs driver callbacks This basically reverts commit b207cdb07f3f01ec1adaac62e9d0cc918c60a81a. Now is possible to use drv_{add,remove}_interface() and vif->debugfs_dir to create/remove per interface debugfs files. Remove redundant callbacks. Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ddbfe860 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: move sdata debugfs dir to vif There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e. on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface(). Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
488b366a |
|
11-Feb-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: add driver callback for per-interface multicast filter Some devices have multicast filter capability for each individual virtual interface rather than just a global one. Add an interface specific driver callback allowing such drivers to configure this. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e943789e |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: provide ieee80211_sta_eosp() The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function. Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface, use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe() version, remove that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
55d942f4 |
|
01-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: restrict peer's VHT capabilities to own Implement restricting peer VHT capabilities to the device's own capabilities. This is useful when a single driver supports more than one device and the devices have different capabilities (often they will differ in the number of spatial streams), but in particular is also necessary for VHT capability overrides to work correctly -- otherwise it'd be possible to e.g. advertise, due to overrides, that TX-STBC is not supported, but then still use it to TX to the AP because it supports RX-STBC. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a8712105 |
|
22-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA There's no driver using this flag, so it seems that all drivers support HW crypto with WMM or don't support it at all. Remove the flag and code setting it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d339d5ca |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
af0ed69b |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop modifying HT SMPS capability Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a new field in the station struct and use it in the drivers that care about it. This simplifies the code using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2c9b7359 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth For HT and VHT the current bandwidth can change, add the function ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth() to take care of this. It returns a failure if the new bandwidth isn't compatible with the existing channel context, the caller has to handle that. When it happens, also inform the driver that the bandwidth changed for this virtual interface (no drivers would actually care today though.) Changing to/from HT/VHT isn't allowed though. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0af83d3d |
|
27-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle VHT operating mode notification Handle the operating mode notification action frame. When the supported streams or the bandwidth change let the driver and rate control algorithm know. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8921d04e |
|
27-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track number of spatial streams With VHT, a station can change the number of spatial streams it can receive on the fly, not unlike spatial multiplexing in HT. Prepare for that by tracking the maximum number of spatial streams it can receive when the connection is established. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e1a0c6b3 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the station. Of course, make all drivers use it. To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities, so it can set up the new bandwidth field. If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use, also set the bandwidth accordingly. Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of the current setting. While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it really happens...) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
164eb02d |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6c17b77b |
|
11-Feb-2013 |
Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> |
mac80211: Fix tx queue handling during scans Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211 queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues. To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason, IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues. This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag, IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag. Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f1e3e051 |
|
06-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_HW_SCAN_WHILE_IDLE There are only a few drivers that use HW scan, and all of those don't need a non-idle transition before starting the scan -- some don't even care about idle at all. Remove the flag and code associated with it. The only driver that really actually needed this is wl1251 and it can just do it itself in the hw_scan callback -- implement that. Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
09b85568 |
|
06-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove dynamic PS driver interface The functions were added for some sort of Bluetooth coexistence, but aren't used, so remove them again. Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ef429dad |
|
05-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce beacon-only timing data In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT in the driver, add the ability to use timing data from beacons only with the new hardware flag IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the timing data came from a beacon. The data can only come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received before association it is updated later together with the DTIM count notification. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b207cdb0 |
|
22-Dec-2012 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: add vif debugfs driver callbacks Add debugfs driver callbacks so drivers can add debugfs entries for interfaces. Note that they _must_ remove the entries again as add/remove in the driver doesn't correspond to add/remove in debugfs; the former is up/down while the latter is netdev create/destroy. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
682bd38b |
|
29-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: always allow calling ieee80211_connection_loss() With multi-channel, there's a corner case where a driver doesn't receive a beacon soon enough to be able to sync its timers with the AP. In this case, the only recovery (after trying again) is to disconnect from the AP. Allow calling ieee80211_connection_loss() for such cases. To make that possible, modify the work function to not rely on the IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR flag but use new state kept in the interface instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1672c0e3 |
|
29-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: start auth/assoc timeout on frame status When sending authentication/association frames they might take a bit of time to go out because we may have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too short if the beacon interval is relatively large. For drivers that report TX status we can do better. Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it only when the frame status arrives. Since then the frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait 100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted try again right away instead of waiting. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c65dd147 |
|
12-Dec-2012 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: inform the driver about update of dtim_period Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period, mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association. This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the association, if they get it at all. To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM becomes known. This might be when changing to associated, or later when the entire association was done with only probe response information. Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period now, just not before association. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cd8f7cb4 |
|
21-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: support reporting wakeup reason When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through in mac80211) to allow userspace to know. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8df6b7b1 |
|
28-Jan-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL This is basically a revert of: commit 5b632fe85ec82e5c43740b52e74c66df50a37db3 Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Date: Mon Dec 3 12:56:33 2012 +0100 mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL We do not need this flag any longer, rt2x00 BAR/BA problem was fixed correctly by wireless-testing commit: commit 84e9e8ebd369679a958200a8baca96aafb2393bb Author: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Date: Thu Jan 17 17:34:32 2013 +0100 rt2x00: Improve TX status handling for BlockAckReq frames Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
887da917 |
|
20-Jan-2013 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: provide the vif in rssi_callback Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver about the interface teh rssi event relates to. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a65240c1 |
|
14-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to access IPv6 information To be able to implement NS response offloading (in regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces. Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the driver when addresses change. Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is more flexible. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0f19b41e |
|
14-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not and give the driver the total number of addresses instead of the length of the list so it can make its own decision. Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
de5fad81 |
|
30-May-2012 |
Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> |
mac80211: add op to configure default key id There are hardwares which support offload of data packets for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order to encrypt the packets correctly. When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP, the driver should get the default key index from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> [cleanups, fixes, documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8f21b0ad |
|
10-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: call restart complete at wowlan resume time When the driver's resume function can't completely restore the configuration in the device, it returns 1 from the callback which will be treated like a HW restart request, but done directly. In this case, also call the driver's restart_complete() function so it can finish the reconfiguration there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0ae997dc |
|
12-Jan-2013 |
Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> |
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1c06ef98 |
|
27-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: use __aligned Use __aligned(...) instead of __attribute__((aligned(...))) in mac80211 and cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
18b559d5 |
|
18-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: split TX aggregation stop action When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few different cases: - connection with the peer was dropped - session stop was requested locally - session stop was requested by the peer - connection was dropped while a session is stopping The behaviour in these cases should be different, if the connection is dropped then the driver should drop all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of the peer requesting session stop. Split these different cases so that the driver can act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as aggregated packets any more. In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8a61af65 |
|
13-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix channel context iteration During suspend/resume channel contexts might be iterated even if they haven't been re-added to the driver, keep track of this and skip them in iteration. Also use the new status for sanity checks. Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5b632fe8 |
|
02-Dec-2012 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL Commit f0425beda4d404a6e751439b562100b902ba9c98 "mac80211: retry sending failed BAR frames later instead of tearing down aggr" caused regression on rt2x00 hardware (connection hangs). This regression was fixed by commit be03d4a45c09ee5100d3aaaedd087f19bc20d01 "rt2x00: Don't let mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails". But the latter commit caused yet another problem reported in https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42828#c22 After long discussion in this thread: http://mid.gmane.org/20121018075615.GA18212@redhat.com and testing various alternative solutions, which failed on one or other setup, we have no other good fix for the issues like just revert both mentioned earlier commits. To do not affect other hardware which benefit from commit f0425beda4d404a6e751439b562100b902ba9c98, instead of reverting it, introduce flag that when used will restore mac80211 behaviour before the commit. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> [replaced link with mid.gmane.org that has message-id] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5d7fad48 |
|
30-Nov-2012 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: Fix typo in mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b9a9ada1 |
|
29-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove probe response temporary buffer allocation Instead of allocating a temporary buffer to build IEs build them right into the SKB. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
51648921 |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support (partial) VHT radiotap information Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap. This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8bc83c24 |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info To achieve this, limit the number of retries to 31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that are then free for VHT flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5614618e |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support drivers reporting VHT RX Add support to mac80211 for having drivers report received VHT MCS information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4bf88530 |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42d97a59 |
|
08-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove remain-on-channel channel type As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it. This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations right now. Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code by removing the ability to use different channel types. Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if we extend it again later (with the needed capability flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
77d2ece6 |
|
19-Nov-2012 |
Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when a new station is added. This would help drivers to take advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain tedious station management code internally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [ifdef inline wrapper functions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
49884568 |
|
19-Nov-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif to roc on (mainly in order to configure the rx filters correctly). Add the vif to the op params, and update the current users (iwlwifi) to use the new api. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> [fix hwsim] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
90b9e446 |
|
16-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support radiotap vendor namespace RX data In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap data. Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to the RX status descriptor that describe the data while the data itself is prepended to the frame. Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f4bda337 |
|
13-Nov-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: support RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> [fix docs, atheros drivers] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8b2c9824 |
|
06-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it, but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable it. Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9214ad7f |
|
06-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: call driver method when restart completes When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op in the driver when the restart completes, so it could keep its own state about the restart and clear it there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
488dd7b5 |
|
29-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass P2P powersave parameters to driver While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave parameters to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ea6f9c0 |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1041638f |
|
19-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5d0d04e4 |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> |
mac80211: expose AES-CMAC subkey calculation Expose a function for the AES-CMAC subkey calculation to drivers. This is the first step of the AES-CMAC cipher key setup and may be required for CMAC hardware offloading. Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c13a765b |
|
12-Oct-2012 |
Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qti.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Notify new IBSS network creation Initialization of beacon transmission in IBSS mode depends on whether a new BSS is being created or joined. When joining an existing IBSS network, beaconing has to start only after a TSF-sync has happened - this is explained in 11.1.4. Introduce a new parameter in the BSS information structure to indicate creator/joiner mode. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
818255ea |
|
10-Oct-2012 |
Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> |
mac80211: VHT peer STA caps Save the AP's VHT capabilities (in managed mode) and make them available to the driver in the station information. Unlike HT capabilities, they aren't restricted to the common capabilities, so drivers must be aware of their own capabilities. Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> [fix endian conversion bug ...] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3448c005 |
|
11-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add channel context iterator Drivers may need to iterate the active channel contexts, export an iterator function to allow that. To make it possible, use RCU-safe list functions. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04ecd257 |
|
11-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c3645eac |
|
26-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d01a1e65 |
|
26-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e548c49e |
|
04-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add key flag for management keys Mark keys that might be used to receive management frames so drivers can fall back on software crypto for them if they don't support hardware offload. As the new flag is only set correctly for RX keys and the existing IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag can only affect TX, also rename the latter to IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6d71117a |
|
19-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF Some devices like the current iwlwifi implementation require that the P2P interface address match the P2P Device address (only one P2P interface is supported.) Add the HW flag IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF that allows drivers to request that P2P Interfaces added while a P2P Device is active get the same MAC address by default. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4c298677 |
|
05-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting Support getting A-MPDU status information from the drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap in the standard fields. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e687f61e |
|
12-Aug-2012 |
Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> |
mac80211: add supported rates change notification in IBSS In IBSS it is possible that the supported rates set for a station changes over time (e.g. it gets first initialised as an empty set because of no available information about rates and updated later). In this case the driver has to be notified about the change in order to update its internal table accordingly (if needed). This behaviour is needed by all those drivers that handle rc internally but leave stations management to mac80211 Reported-by: Gui Iribarren <gui@altermundi.net> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> [Johannes - add docs, validate IBSS mode only, fix compilation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
36323f81 |
|
23-Jul-2012 |
Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> |
mac80211: move TX station pointer and restructure TX Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming Transmit Power Control (TPC). Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method. Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [reworded commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ab095877 |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add PS flag to bss_conf Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense. Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability to indicate ps change along with other changes (e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while the sta is already disconnected.) Keep the current per-device notifications, and add parallel per-vif notifications. In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps configuration is determined only by the user configuration (enable/disable) and the connection state, and is not affected by other vifs state and (temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations (unlike per-device ps). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8c358bcd |
|
22-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really is needed is synchronisation between some device time and the TSF. To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This is intentionally not using the mactime field since that is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the device timestamp. Also, since we have the information and it's useful even before the connection has been established, give all the timing details to the driver before authenticating. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30f42292 |
|
05-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: optimize ieee80211_rx_status struct layout We waste a lot of space in this struct because it uses int values where smaller ones would be sufficient. The upcoming A-MPDU information needs some space, optimize the struct now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f72b85b8 |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_key_removed This API call was intended to be used by drivers if they want to optimize key handling by removing one key when another is added. Remove it since no driver is using it. If needed, it can always be added back. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a1845fc7 |
|
27-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3e1a0bc |
|
02-Jul-2012 |
Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> |
mac80211: reduce IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES can be reduced from 5 to 4 as there is no current hardware supporting a rate chain with 5 multi rate stages (mrr), so 4 mrr stages are sufficient. The memory that is freed within the ieee80211_tx_info struct will be used in the upcoming Transmission Power Control (TPC) implementation. Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> [reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb831b53 |
|
02-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove tx_frags driver callback The implementation of tx_frags is buggy due to not handling queue stop, and there's no driver implementing it so remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fc8a7321 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't expose ieee80211_add_srates_ie() This and ieee80211_add_ext_srates_ie() aren't exported, so can't be used by drivers anyway, but there's also no reason that they should be so make them private to mac80211 and use sdata instead of vif arguments. Acked-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bdcbd8e0 |
|
22-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up debugging There are a few things that make the logging and debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should be right now: * a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug * wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both* Kconfig and dynamic configuration * there are still a lot of ifdefs * the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the sdata->name is printed in front Clean up everything, introducing new macros and separating out the station MLME debugging into a new Kconfig symbol. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
66572cfc |
|
21-Jun-2012 |
Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> |
mac80211: add command to get current rssi Get current rssi (in dBm) from the driver/FW. Instead of reporting the signal received in the last rx packet, which might be inaccurate if rx traffic is low and beacon filtering is enabled, get the signal from the driver/FW. Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d13e1414 |
|
09-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add some missing kernel-doc Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed during development. Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2eb278e0 |
|
05-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify SW/offload remain-on-channel Redesign all the off-channel code, getting rid of the generic off-channel work concept, replacing it with a simple remain-on-channel list. This fixes a number of small issues with the ROC implementation: * offloaded remain-on-channel couldn't be queued, now we can queue it as well, if needed * in iwlwifi (the only user) offloaded ROC is mutually exclusive with scanning, use the new queue to handle that case -- I expect that it will later depend on a HW flag The bigger issue though is that there's a bad bug in the current implementation: if we get a mgmt TX request while HW roc is active, and this new request has a wait time, we actually schedule a software ROC instead since we can't guarantee the existing offloaded ROC will still be that long. To fix this, the queuing mechanism was needed. The queuing mechanism for offloaded ROC isn't yet optimal, ideally we should add API to have the HW extend the ROC if needed. We could add that later but for now use a software implementation. Overall, this unifies the behaviour between the offloaded and software-implemented case as much as possible. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
196ac1c1 |
|
05-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: do remain-on-channel while idle The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel period already started. Therefore, all drivers that use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all. Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so also remove that logic. Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
51ca9d8d |
|
16-May-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_get_operstate() ieee80211_get_operstate() was used by drivers in order to know whether the sta link is up, but it's no longer needed (nor used) as mac80211 notifies the drivers about authorization changes (via the sta_state callback) Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
499f42bb |
|
15-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: mac80211: Add and use ibss_vdbg debugging macro Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_IBSS_DEBUG/#endif by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test. Convert the appropriate uses too. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d63e9ae3 |
|
15-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: mac80211: Add and use ht_vdbg debugging macro Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_HT_DEBUG/#endif by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test. Convert the appropriate uses too. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
72d78728 |
|
10-May-2012 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow low-level drivers to set netdev feature bits Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be propagated to every netdev created from this HW. The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW checksumming. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ac55d2fe |
|
10-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: (selectively) add HT details in radiotap Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield) to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set which radiotap MCS details they report. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ee70108f |
|
08-May-2012 |
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com <Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com> |
mac80211: Add IV-room in the skb for TKIP and WEP Add IV-room in skb also for TKIP and WEP. Extend patch: "mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys" Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e352114f |
|
23-Apr-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Framework to get wifi-driver stats via ethtool. This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional stats for the ethtool API. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0d8a0a17 |
|
20-Apr-2012 |
Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> |
mac80211: declare ieee80211_ave_rssi as EXPORT ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1dae27f8 |
|
13-Apr-2012 |
Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> |
mac80211: add function retrieve average rssi Add utility function to provide the average rssi per vif Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4ee73f33 |
|
11-Apr-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: remove hw.conf.channel usage where possible Removes hw.conf.channel usage from the following functions: * ieee80211_mandatory_rates * ieee80211_sta_get_rates * ieee80211_frame_duration * ieee80211_rts_duration * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration This is in preparation for multi-channel operation. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6d52563f |
|
04-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: enable proper device_set_wakeup_enable handling In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed. Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3a25a8c8 |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4b6f1dd6 |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add explicit monitor interface if needed The queue mapping redesign that I'm planning to do will break pure injection unless we handle monitor interfaces explicitly. One possible option would be to have the driver tell mac80211 about monitor mode queues etc., but that would duplicate the API since we already need to have queue assignments handled per virtual interface. So in order to solve this, have a virtual monitor interface that is added whenever all active vifs are monitors. We could also use the state of one of the monitor interfaces, but managing that would be complicated, so allocate separate state. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
657c3e0c |
|
02-Apr-2012 |
Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Indicate basic rates when adding rate IEs Basic rates are added with supported rates IE and extended supported rates IE. Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a3304b0a |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this. Also verify that the AC number given is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d748b464 |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove antenna_sel_tx TX info field This field is never set to anything non-zero in mac80211, so we should be able to remove it. Unfortunately though, the iwlwifi and iwlegacy drivers use it for their internal TX status processing (which shouldn't be using the rate control API to start with), so add a new field "status.antenna" for them, at least for now. In the future, I plan to use the new field to hold the hardware queue, while the SKB's queue mapping holds the AC. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8f727ef3 |
|
30-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
64f68e5d |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove channel type argument from rate_update The channel type argument to the rate_update() callback isn't really the correct way to give the rate control algorithm about the desired RX bandwidth of the peer. Remove this argument, and instead update the STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The SMPS update done by this callback works in the same way, so this makes the callback cleaner. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
074d46d1 |
|
15-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: rename ht_info to ht_operation Since some of the HT code pre-dates 802.11n-2009 some names are wrong. The one that bothers me most is that "HT operation" is called "HT information" in our code and that causes confusion. Rename "HT information" to "HT operation" and also the control_chan field to primary_chan to match the name used in the spec. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aa331df0 |
|
06-Apr-2012 |
Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> |
mac80211: Convert WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE When the control-rate tables are not set up correctly, it makes little sense to spam the logs, thus change the WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE. Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
313162d0 |
|
30-Jan-2012 |
Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> |
device.h: audit and cleanup users in main include dir The <linux/device.h> header includes a lot of stuff, and it in turn gets a lot of use just for the basic "struct device" which appears so often. Clean up the users as follows: 1) For those headers only needing "struct device" as a pointer in fcn args, replace the include with exactly that. 2) For headers not really using anything from device.h, simply delete the include altogether. 3) For headers relying on getting device.h implicitly before being included themselves, now explicitly include device.h 4) For files in which doing #1 or #2 uncovers an implicit dependency on some other header, fix by explicitly adding the required header(s). Any C files that were implicitly relying on device.h to be present have already been dealt with in advance. Total removals from #1 and #2: 51. Total additions coming from #3: 9. Total other implicit dependencies from #4: 7. As of 3.3-rc1, there were 110, so a net removal of 42 gives about a 38% reduction in device.h presence in include/* Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
|
#
e9ac0745 |
|
13-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename bss_conf timestamp to last_tsf This value is not really very useful by itself, yet some drivers (including iwlwifi until I can figure out what it should do) use it. At least rename it to "last_tsf" to indicate the meaning and add a note that it may be really old. I suspect the value may become useful combined with the rx_status->mactime, but we don't (yet) store that value and pass it to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
177958e9 |
|
08-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove tx_sync When the station state callback was added, this was no longer needed in theory. With the iwlwifi changes to remove use of it landing, we can kill the entire tx-sync framework again, RIP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f44d4eb5 |
|
07-Mar-2012 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: update ieee80211_tx_rate_control kerneldoc * add entry for rate_idx_mcs_mask * fix order of entries to represent the structs' order Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fe8431f8 |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add an rx flag for ignoring a packet's signal strength For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g. Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last subframe. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
187f1882 |
|
23-Nov-2011 |
Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> |
BUG: headers with BUG/BUG_ON etc. need linux/bug.h If a header file is making use of BUG, BUG_ON, BUILD_BUG_ON, or any other BUG variant in a static inline (i.e. not in a #define) then that header really should be including <linux/bug.h> and not just expecting it to be implicitly present. We can make this change risk-free, since if the files using these headers didn't have exposure to linux/bug.h already, they would have been causing compile failures/warnings. Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
|
#
02f2f1a9 |
|
26-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle non-bufferable MMPDUs correctly This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but deauth, disassoc and action frames.) Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through but not set the flag so drivers supporting some hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would then reject the frame. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
885bd8ec |
|
02-Feb-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: support hw scan while idle Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan. However, some devices that implement hw scan might not need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine. (Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off) Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f09603a2 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add sta_state callback (based on Eliad's patch) Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever the state of a station changes. The driver is only notified when the station is actually in the mac80211 hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions. To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST state. This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in handling it when a station is inserted, particularly in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry around for mac80211 purposes. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
19468413 |
|
28-Jan-2012 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add support for mcs masks * Handle MCS masks set by the user. * Match rates provided by the rate control algorithm to the mask set, also in HT mode, and switch back to legacy mode if necessary. * add debugfs files to observate the rate selection Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea086359 |
|
19-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make CQM RSSI support per virtual interface Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch, make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that the driver set for virtual interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c1288b12 |
|
19-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces. To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface driver capability flags that the driver sets when an interface is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1d8d3dec |
|
16-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle SMPS action frames When a peer changes SMPS state we should update rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway since that just requires rts-cts handshaking. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
42b2aa86 |
|
28-Nov-2011 |
Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com> |
treewide: Fix typos in various parts of the kernel, and fix some comments. The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments. Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent. Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com> Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
|
#
11127e91 |
|
16-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: transmit fragment list to drivers Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets much easier when they get the entire list of fragments at once. The only thing they need to do is keep enough space on the queues for up to ten fragments of a single MSDU. This allows them to implement this with a new operation tx_frags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
02945821 |
|
10-Nov-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: Save probe response data for bss Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a template. Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a729cff8 |
|
06-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement wifi TX status Implement the socket wifi TX status error queue reflection in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6096de7f |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add helper to free TX skb Drivers that need to drop a frame before it can be transmitted will usually simply free that frame. This is currently fine, but in the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211 about this case, so add a new routine that frees a TX skb. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
077a9154 |
|
23-Oct-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag that allows us to achieve this. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
54d5026e |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: warn only once about not finding a rate The warning really shouldn't happen, but until we find the reason why it does don't spew it all the time, just once is enough to know we've hit it. Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7f2a5e21 |
|
11-Oct-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Populate radiotap header with MCS info for TX frames mac80211 already filled in the MCS rate info for rx'ed frames but tx'ed frames that are sent to a monitor interface during the status callback lack this information. Add the radiotap fields for MCS info to ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr and populate them when sending tx'ed frames to the monitors. The needed headroom is only extended by one byte since we don't include legacy rate information in the rtap header for HT frames. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
73b9f03a |
|
07-Oct-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: parse radiotap header earlier We can now move the radiotap header parsing into ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit(). This moves it out of the hotpath, and also helps the code since now the radiotap header will no longer be present in ieee80211_xmit() etc. which is easier to understand. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a26eb27a |
|
07-Oct-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move fragment flag to info flag as dont-fragment The purpose of this is two-fold: 1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in another patch move the radiotap parsing so it no longer is in the hotpath 2) if a device implements fragmentation but can optionally skip it, the radiotap request for not doing fragmentation may be honoured Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8a3a3c85 |
|
02-Oct-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: pass vif param to conf_tx() callback tx params should be configured per interface. add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback, and change all the drivers that use this callback. The following spatch was used: @rule1@ struct ieee80211_ops ops; identifier conf_tx_op; @@ ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op; @rule2@ identifier rule1.conf_tx_op; identifier hw, queue, params; @@ conf_tx_op ( - struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 queue, const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...} Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b6f35301 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Send nullfunc frames at lower rate during connection monitor Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission. As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to retain the connection. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4b801bc9 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: document client powersave With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering the powersave handling has gotten quite complex. Add a section to the documentation to explain it for anyone wanting to implement it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
37fbd908 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from the device, and to make use of that properly it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in the sense that it goes through the tasklet, the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe but doing it directly would cause reordering issues. This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going into an absence period without transmitting any frames that should be driver-released as in this case there's no other way to inform mac80211 that the service period ended. Note that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe functions another version of this function will be required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
40b96408 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: explicitly notify drivers of frame release iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that station. Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that a single frame was going to be released whenever we encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since there could be more than a single frame. To support this model, add a new callback to notify drivers when frames are going to be released. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
deeaee19 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: reply only once to each PS-poll If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received) there is no way to detect that since it has no sequence number. As a consequence, the standard asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost). Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual. We could use separate flags, but that will most likely completely confuse drivers, and while the standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite problematic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
47086fc5 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement uAPSD Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not possible with all devices, so advertising it with the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that want it. Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame. For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided APIs allow releasing the right number of frames, but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data themselves. This is documented in more detail in the new code itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4049e09a |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
948d887d |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: split PS buffers into ACs For uAPSD support we'll need to have per-AC PS buffers. As this is a major undertaking, split the buffers before really adding support for uAPSD. This already makes some reference to the uapsd_queues variable, but for now that will never be non-zero. Since book-keeping is complicated, also change the logic for keeping a maximum of frames only and allow 64 frames per AC (up from 128 for a station). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
042ec453 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: let drivers inform it about per TID buffered frames For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus, mac80211 needs to be informed about this. For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the TIM bit to be set. ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do that anyway since there's no way to selectively release frames to the peer yet. Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will then sort out the AC mapping itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
768db343 |
|
28-Sep-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: standardize adding supported rates IEs Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aad14ceb |
|
25-Sep-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Send the management frame at requested rate Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to use CCK rate for managemet frames through NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates without diabling 11b rates globally. Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
37a41b4a |
|
21-Sep-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a7ce1c94 |
|
17-Sep-2011 |
Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: fix indentation Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
910868db |
|
11-Sep-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211/mac80211: fix wme docs Add/fix some missing docs. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7827493b |
|
04-Sep-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add ssid config to bss information in AP-mode Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes in SSID to low level drivers. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8c771244 |
|
20-Aug-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_send_bar available for drivers To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with the BlockAckReq frame. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
edf6b784 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add flag to indicate HW only Tx-agg setup support When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup in hardware. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9533b4ac |
|
23-Aug-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add uapsd_queues and max_sp params fields Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to ieee80211_sta. These fields might be needed by low-level drivers in order to configure the AP. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b4ca6084 |
|
23-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove offchannel_tx API For iwlwifi, I decided not to use this API since it just increased the complexity for little gain. Since nobody else intends to use it, let's kill it again. If anybody later needs to have it, we can always revive it then. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7c966a6d |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove linux/wireless.h inclusion linux/wireless.h is for wireless extensions only, so mac80211 shouldn't include it since it uses cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b2abb6e2 |
|
19-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: sync driver before TX In P2P client mode, the GO (AP) to connect to might have periods of time where it is not available due to powersave. To allow the driver to sync with it and send frames to the GO only when it is available add a new callback tx_sync (and the corresponding finish_tx_sync). These callbacks can sleep unlike the actual TX. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f850e00f |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: let key iteration get keys in install order ieee80211_iter_keys() currently returns keys in the backward order they were installed in, which is a bit confusing. Add them to the tail of the key list to make sure iterations go in the same order that keys were originally installed in. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8bca5d81 |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver access to TKIP RX P1K When the driver wants to pre-program the TKIP RX phase 1 key, it needs to be able to obtain it for the peer's TA. Add API to allow it to generate it. The generation uses a dummy on-stack context since it doesn't know the RX queue. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
95acac61 |
|
11-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to disconnect after resume In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and similar information from the device upon resume, or if the device isn't responsive due to platform issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time could be replayed against it. The only protection against that is disconnecting from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while it is resuming would be very complex and invasive in the case that the driver requires a reconfig, so do it after it has resumed completely. In that case, however, packets might be replayed since it can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent or received with those keys. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
615f7b9b |
|
08-Jul-2011 |
Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> |
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
42d98795 |
|
07-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to generate P1K for IV32 In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given packet, but keep the packet-based version around as an inline. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3ea542d3 |
|
07-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to access key sequence counter In order to implement GTK rekeying, the device needs to be able to encrypt frames with the right PN/IV and check the PN/IV in RX frames. To be able to tell it about all those counters, we need to be able to get them from mac80211, this adds the required API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
523b02ea |
|
07-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix TKIP races, make API easier to use Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX since we can process multiple packets at the same time on different ACs, but they all share the TX context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc. Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as well, but there's no guarantee that packets are really processed in order. To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX context. This first step makes sure that we don't assign the same IV multiple times or get confused in other ways. Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and if different from the last time, then a new P1K is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation to flip back and forth if packets are processed out of order. All this also happens under the new spinlock. Finally, because there are argument differences, split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() and give them the correct arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c68f4b89 |
|
05-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality from cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
830af02f |
|
05-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to iterate keys When in suspend/wowlan, devices might implement crypto offload differently (more features), and might require reprogramming keys for the WoWLAN (as it is the case for Intel devices that use another uCode image). Thus allow the driver to iterate all keys in this context. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2b4562df |
|
01-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to impose WoWLAN restrictions If the driver can't support WoWLAN in the current state, this patch allows it to return 1 from the suspend callback to do the normal deconfiguration instead of using suspend/resume calls. Note that if it does this, resume won't be called. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
39df600a |
|
27-Jun-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: propagate information about STA WME support down Add a memeber to the ieee80211_sta structure to indicate whether the STA supports WME. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b856439b |
|
12-Jun-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add cancel_hw_scan() callback When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(), which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however, this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver is going into suspend). Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel(). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1d34d108 |
|
05-Jun-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_get_operstate() function Add ieee80211_get_operstate() function to get the operstate of the netdevice. This is needed for drivers that need to know when the interface is IF_OPER_UP (e.g. wl12xx), and block notifiers can't be used (e.g. because the interface is already IF_OPER_UP, like after resuming from suspend) Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f41ccd71 |
|
22-May-2011 |
Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com> |
mac80211: Stop BA session event from device Some devices support BT/WLAN co-existence algorigthms. In order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device requests not to allow any RX BA session and tear down existing RX BA sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs to limit WLAN activity (eg.SCO or A2DP). In such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the RX PPDU and therefore prevent the peer device to use A-MPDU aggregation. Adding ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() callback that can be used by the driver to stop existing BA sessions. Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
71063f0e |
|
20-May-2011 |
Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> |
nl80211: add testmode dump support This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver to figure out where the dump position is at or to store other data across invocations. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
daf8cf60 |
|
22-May-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix fatal kernel-doc error + warning in mac80211.h Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>: Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies ' Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bdfbe804 |
|
22-May-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix fatal kernel-doc error + warning in mac80211.h Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>: Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies ' Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
#
79f460ca |
|
11-May-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eecc4800 |
|
04-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bdbfd6b5 |
|
27-Apr-2011 |
Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add new API for rate selection This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware. This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the 11b rates in P2P operation. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8178d38b |
|
18-Apr-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow low level drivers to report packet loss Add API that allows low level drivers to notify mac80211 about TX packet loss. This is useful when there are FW triggers to notify the low level driver about these events. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dcf55fb5 |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add a function for setting the TIM bit for a specific station This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211 to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for it. This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering, in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep track of the Block-ACK window. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e8306f98 |
|
06-Apr-2011 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Check for queued frames before entering power save. In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing. If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly helps in improving the average throughput. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5312c3f6 |
|
01-Apr-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix comment regarding aggregation buf_size The description for buf_size was misleading and just said you couldn't TX larger aggregates, but of course you can't TX aggregates in a way that would exceed the window either, which is possible even if the aggregates are shorter than that. Expand the description, thanks to Emmanuel for explaining this to me. Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <egrumbach@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
25985edc |
|
30-Mar-2011 |
Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi> |
Fix common misspellings Fixes generated by 'codespell' and manually reviewed. Signed-off-by: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
|
#
858022aa |
|
18-Mar-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix 80211 kernel-doc warnings Fix many of each of these warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:519): No description found for parameter 'rxrate' Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1163): bad line: Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
38c09159 |
|
07-Mar-2011 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: implement support for cfg80211_ops->{get,set}_ringparam Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5f16a436 |
|
25-Feb-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support direct offchannel TX offload For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes off-channel transmissions need to be handled by the device completely. To support this mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly to the driver and not through the TX path as the driver needs the frame and channel information at the same time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7bb45683 |
|
24-Feb-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make tx() operation return void The return value of the tx operation is commonly misused by drivers, leading to errors. All drivers will drop frames if they fail to TX the frame, and they must also properly manage the queues (if they didn't, mac80211 would already warn). Removing the ability for drivers to return a BUSY value also allows significant cleanups of the TX TX handling code in mac80211. Note that this also fixes a bug in ath9k_htc, the old "return -1" there was wrong. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Tested-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@googlemail.com> [ath5k] Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> [rt2x00] Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> [b43, rtl8187, rtlwifi] Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> [wl12xx] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6ebacbb7 |
|
23-Feb-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename RX_FLAG_TSFT The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
681d1190 |
|
03-Feb-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add testing functionality for TKIP TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for convenient use. The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211 netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only when associated and using TKIP. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d057e5a3 |
|
31-Jan-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add HW flag for disabling auto link-PS in AP mode When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames. Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit. In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level drivers capable of controlling PS-mode. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5dd36bc9 |
|
18-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow advertising correct maximum aggregate size Currently, mac80211 always advertises that it may send up to 64 subframes in an aggregate. This is fine, since it's the max, but might as well be set to zero instead since it doesn't have any information. However, drivers might have that information, so allow them to set a variable giving it, which will then be used. The default of zero will be fine since to the peer that means we don't know and it will just use its own limit for the buffer size. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0b01f030 |
|
18-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track receiver's aggregation reorder buffer size The aggregation code currently doesn't implement the buffer size negotiation. It will always request a max buffer size (which is fine, if a little pointless, as the mac80211 code doesn't know and might just use 0 instead), but if the peer requests a smaller size it isn't possible to honour this request. In order to fix this, look at the buffer size in the addBA response frame, keep track of it and pass it to the driver in the ampdu_action callback when called with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL action. That way the driver can limit the number of subframes in aggregates appropriately. Note that this doesn't fix any drivers apart from the addition of the new argument -- they all need to be updated separately to use this variable! Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
df6ba5d8 |
|
12-Jan-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: add hw configuration for max ampdu buffer size Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration. This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max supported. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
610dbc98 |
|
06-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add missing docs for off-chan TX flag The flag is IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN and I had added that in a previous patch but forgotten docs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4976b4eb |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add remain-on-channel docs Add documentation for the new callbacks that I forgot in the patch adding the callbacks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
21f83589 |
|
18-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
67408c8c |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: selective throughput LED trigger active The throughput LED trigger was always active when the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to be only active when one of the virtual interfaces is actually "connected" in some way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e1e54068 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9f333281 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net> |
mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages. To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni() which can be called from process context, and call it from rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver flag is introduced. https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24892 Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bd2ce6e4 |
|
14-Dec-2010 |
Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add timeout to BA session start API Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead. The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc drivers. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
20ed3166 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net> |
mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages. To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni() which can be called from process context, and call it from rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver flag is introduced. Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
79b1c460 |
|
23-Nov-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
cfg80211: Add documentation for antenna ops Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dd5b4cc7 |
|
22-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211/mac80211: improve ad-hoc multicast rate handling - store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value (reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath) - validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4bce22b9 |
|
16-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: defines for AC numbers In many places we've just hardcoded the AC numbers -- which is a relic from the original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants for them so we know what we're talking about. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8f0729b1 |
|
11-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a619a4c0 |
|
10-Nov-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add function to get probe request template for current AP Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss, for example.) For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also the supported rate IE's. This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
15d96753 |
|
09-Nov-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: Add antenna configuration Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it. We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f23a4780 |
|
08-Nov-2010 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7be5086d |
|
12-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add probe request filter flag Using the frame registration notification, we can see when probe requests are requested and notify the low-level driver via filtering. The flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e31b8213 |
|
05-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs, updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
78be49ec |
|
02-Oct-2010 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: distinct between max rates and the number of rates the hw can report Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800). However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1 the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes that the device can handle multi rate retries. Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
554891e6 |
|
23-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move packet flags into packet commit 8c0c709eea5cbab97fb464cd68b06f24acc58ee1 Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100 mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong since the optimisation this flag tried to make requires that it is kept across the processing of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under some (common!) circumstances the flag will be set on an already freed skb! However, investigating this in more detail, I found that most of the flags that we set should be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used for processing (currently just this one) need to be reset before processing a new packet. Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as a result of the wrong flags handling (which is not too surprising -- the only real bug case I can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
686b9cb9 |
|
23-Sep-2010 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211/ath9k: Support AMPDU with multiple VIFs. The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to account for transmitted SKBs. This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the same AP but different local addresses. The method name is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eb7d3066 |
|
21-Sep-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: clear txflags for ps-filtered frames This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for filtered / retried frames. Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device. Cc: <stable@kernel.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2ca27bcf |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2944f45d |
|
14-Sep-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add a note about iterating interfaces during add_interface() Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
34d4bc4d |
|
26-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8789d459 |
|
26-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow scan to complete from any context The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had to make sure to call it without any locks held, which frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid that problem by allowing the function to be called in any context, and queueing the actual work it does. Also update the documentation for it to indicate this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2738bd68 |
|
21-Aug-2010 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: trivial spelling fixes Fix spelling and readability of a few lines of kernel doc: s/issueing/issuing/g s/approriate/appropriate/g s/supported by simply/supported simply by/ s/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER/g Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
633dd1ea |
|
18-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix docbook Fix a small problem in the documentation for ieee80211_request_smps, and a now erroneous inclusion of enum ieee80211_key_alg, which no longer exists after the change to ciphers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
97359d12 |
|
10-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use cipher suite selectors Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211 cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values. That isn't all too useful, and some drivers benefit from the distinction between WEP40 and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it all to use the cipher suite selectors. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d1f5b7a3 |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to request SM PS mode change Sometimes drivers have more information than the stack about how their antennas/chains are used, and may require that the SM PS mode be changed. This could happen, for example, when detecting that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this patch introduces API to allow drivers to request SM PS mode changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7da7cc1d |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: per interface idle notification Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or not the device is idle, but also per interface. This adds that reporting capability to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4e6cbfd0 |
|
29-Jul-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by mac80211-based hardware drivers. Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e5b900d2 |
|
29-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to request DTIM period Some features require knowing the DTIM period before associating. This implements the ability to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc to provide this value. It is optional since most likely not all drivers will need this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
45521245 |
|
27-Jul-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: inform drivers about the off-channel status on channel changes For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if the channel temporarily changes. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3f30fc15 |
|
21-Jul-2010 |
Gustavo Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi> |
net: remove last uses of __attribute__((packed)) Network code uses the __packed macro instead of __attribute__((packed)). Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4ced3f74 |
|
19-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move QoS-enable to BSS info Ever since commit e1b3ec1a2a336c328c336cfa5485a5f0484cc90d Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200 mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not. However, this is only relevant for station mode, since only then will any device send nullfunc frames and need to know whether they should be QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are (currently) no frames the device is supposed to send. When you now consider virtual interfaces, it becomes apparent that the current mechanism is inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has to be on a per-interface scale. Due to the above considerations, we can change the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting. Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f90754c1 |
|
20-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add interface for driver to temporarily disable dynamic ps This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs, the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT. In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep. Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and will send another indication when the traffic is over. The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping. This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as described above. In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled, Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT state, and is best done in user-space. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ff616381 |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix ps-qos network latency handling The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless (for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.) This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps timeout of 100ms. Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct. Move it to the ieee80211_local struct. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
68542962 |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211 workqueue. This is what happens: [ 92.026800] ======================================================= [ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] [ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85 [ 92.030507] ------------------------------------------------------- [ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock: [ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq ueue+0x0/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock: [ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock. [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211] The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver when needed. The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need to be changed in the future. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
85ad181e |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to sleep in ampdu_action Allow drivers to sleep, and indicate this in the documentation. ath9k has some locking I don't understand, so keep it safe and disable BHs in it, all other drivers look fine with the context change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5d22c89b |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove non-irqsafe aggregation callbacks The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc, and can cause callbacks into the driver again. This might lead to locking issues, which will only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and change ath9k_htc to use those instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
abe37c4b |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: fix kernel-doc Fix a whole bunch of kernel-doc warnings and errors that crop up when running it on mac80211 and cfg80211; the latter isn't normally done so lots of bit-rot happened. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
38a6cc75 |
|
19-May-2010 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Remove deprecated sta_notify commands STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore, and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6a8579d0 |
|
27-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session There's no sense in letting anything but internal mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT is only valid when we have received a frame from the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211. The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2b2c009e |
|
27-May-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for hardware ARP query filtering Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface. Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when associated whenever the IP address(es) change. This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't need ARP filtering. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
095dfdb0 |
|
26-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove tx status ampdu_ack_map There's a single use of this struct member, but as it is write-only it clearly not necessary. Thus we can free up some space here, even if we don't need it right now it seems pointless to carry around the variable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4e8998f0 |
|
21-May-2010 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h: Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:838): No description found for parameter 'ap_addr' Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1726): No description found for parameter 'get_survey' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3dc3fc52 |
|
24-May-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "ath9k: Group Key fix for VAPs" This reverts commit 03ceedea972a82d343fa5c2528b3952fa9e615d5. This patch was reported to cause a regression in which connectivity is lost and cannot be reestablished after a suspend/resume cycle. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a69eee49 |
|
24-May-2010 |
Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> |
Revert "ath9k: Group Key fix for VAPs" This reverts commit 03ceedea972a82d343fa5c2528b3952fa9e615d5, since it breaks resume from suspend-to-ram on Rafael's Acer Ferrari One. NetworkManager thinks everything is ok, but it can't connect to the AP to get an IP address after the resume. In fact, it even breaks resume for non-ath9k chipsets: reverting it also fixes Rafael's Toshiba Protege R500 with the iwlagn driver. As Johannes says: "Indeed, this patch needs to be reverted. That mac80211 change is wrong and completely unnecessary." Reported-and-requested-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com> Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
#
5ce6e438 |
|
11-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0aaffa9b |
|
05-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve HT channel handling Currently, when one interface switches HT mode, all others will follow along. This is clearly undesirable, since the new one might switch to no-HT while another one is operating in HT. Address this issue by keeping track of the HT mode per interface, and allowing only changes that are compatible, i.e. switching into HT40+ is not possible when another interface is in HT40-, in that case the second one needs to fall back to HT20. Also, to allow drivers to know what's going on, store the per-interface HT mode (channel type) in the virtual interface's bss_conf. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ac8dd506 |
|
05-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix BSS info reconfiguration When reconfiguring an interface due to a previous hardware restart, mac80211 will currently include the new IBSS flag on non-IBSS interfaces which may confuse drivers. Instead of doing the ~0 trick, simply spell out which things are going to be reconfigured. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f5c044e5 |
|
30-Apr-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove deprecated noise field from ieee80211_rx_status Also remove associated IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM from ieee80211_hw_flags. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8fc214ba |
|
28-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: notify driver about IBSS status Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try to figure it out based on other things, but making it explicit is definitely better. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a060bbfe |
|
27-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: give virtual interface to hw_scan When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan on the correct virtual interface. All drivers that currently implement hw_scan only support a single virtual interface, but that may change and then we'd want to be ready. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
195e294d |
|
26-Apr-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Determine dynamic PS timeout based on ps-qos network latency Determine the dynamic PS timeout based on the configured ps-qos network latency. For backwards wext compatibility, allow the dynamic PS timeout configured by the cfg80211 to overrule the automatically determined value. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f79d9bad |
|
19-Apr-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add flags for STBC (Space-Time Block Coding) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
80725f45 |
|
20-Apr-2010 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: document IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_QOS Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1289723e |
|
19-Apr-2010 |
Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> |
mac80211: sample survey implementation for mac80211 & hwsim This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim. For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially not a magically conjured one :-) Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
03ceedea |
|
13-Apr-2010 |
Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com> |
ath9k: Group Key fix for VAPs When I set up multiple VAPs with ath9k, I encountered an issue that the traffic may be lost after a while. The detailed phenomenon is 1. After a while the clients connected to one of these VAPs will get into a state that no broadcast/multicast packets can be transfered successfully while the unicast packets can be transfered normally. 2. Minutes latter the unitcast packets transfer will fail as well, because the ARP entry is expired and it can't be freshed due to the broadcast trouble. It's caused by the group key overwritten and someone discussed this issue in ath9k-devel maillist before, but haven't work out a fix yet. I referred the method in madwifi, and made a patch for ath9k. The method is to set the high bit of the sender(AP)'s address, and associated that mac and the group key. It requires the hardware supports multicast frame key search. It seems true for AR9160. Not sure whether it's the correct way to fix this issue. But it seems to work in my test. The patch is attached, feel free to revise it. Signed-off-by: Daniel Yingqiang ma <yma.cool@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
93d95b12 |
|
18-Apr-2010 |
Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> |
mac80211: fix typo in comments The flag is called IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU rather than using the whole word STATUS. Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0a56bd0a |
|
15-Apr-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: add LDPC control flag LDPC will be enabled through the rate control algorithm for each buffer the the tx_info flags. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
22bedad3 |
|
01-Apr-2010 |
Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> |
net: convert multicast list to list_head Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list. +uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global" variant) instead of a function parameter. +removes dev_mcast.c completely. +exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e1b3ec1a |
|
28-Mar-2010 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS Add interface to disable/enable QoS (aka WMM or WME). Currently drivers enable it explicitly when ->conf_tx method is called, and newer disable. Disabling is needed for some APs, which do not support QoS, such we should send QoS frames to them. Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e3cf8b3f |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a97c13c3 |
|
23-Mar-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1e4dcd01 |
|
18-Mar-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo. The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending probe-requests to the AP. Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the hardware. Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
62bb2ac5 |
|
17-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate RX status noise The noise value as is won't be used, isn't filled by most drivers and doesn't really make a whole lot of sense on a per packet basis -- proper cfg80211 survey support in mac80211 will need to be different. Mark the struct member as deprecated so it will be removed from drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4fa00437 |
|
01-Mar-2010 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix HT rate control configuration Handling HT configuration changes involved setting the channel with the new HT parameters and then issuing a rate_update() notification to the driver. This behavior changed after the off-channel changes. Now, the channel is not updated with the new HT params in enable_ht() - instead, it is now done when the scan work terminates. This results in the driver depending on stale information, defaulting to non-HT mode always. Fix this by passing the new channel type to the driver. Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
026331c4 |
|
14-Feb-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
375177bf |
|
09-Feb-2010 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Retry null data frame for power save. Even if the null data frame is not acked by the AP, mac80211 goes into power save. This might lead to loss of frames from the AP. Prevent this by restarting dynamic_ps_timer when ack is not received for null data frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
349e6b72 |
|
07-Feb-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> |
mac80211: remove get_tx_stats() driver op get_tx_stats() driver operation is not currently used anywhere in mac80211 and there are no plans to use it in the not-so-near future. So it can go without anyone missing it. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
34e89507 |
|
03-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
17ad353b |
|
31-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix monitor mode tx radiotap header handling When an injected frame gets buffered for a powersave STA or filtered and retransmitted, mac80211 attempts to parse the radiotap header again, which doesn't work because it's gone at that point. This patch adds a new flag for checking the availability of a radiotap header, so that it only attempts to parse it once, reusing the tx info on the next call to ieee80211_tx(). This fixes severe issues with rekeying in AP mode. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
56007a02 |
|
26-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: wait for beacon before enabling powersave Because DTIM information is required for powersave but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon before enabling powersave, and change the way the information is conveyed to the driver accordingly. mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but requires the DTIM period in a different way; after talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do the parsing itself in the finalize_join work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eb807fb2 |
|
24-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> |
mac80211: fix update_tkip_key() documentation about the context Johannes noticed that I had incorrectly documented the context of update_tkip_key() driver operation. It must be atomic because all RX code is run inside rcu critical section. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b3fbdcf4 |
|
21-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c6fcf6bc |
|
16-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: re-enable re-transmission of filtered frames In an earlier commit, mac80211: disable software retry for now Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns out that we've never done that correctly, but due to some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've added a comment in the patch that explains the problem better and also points to possible solutions -- which I can't implement right now. I disabled software retry of failed/filtered frames because it was broken. With the work of the previous patches, it now becomes fairly easy to re-enable it by adding a flag indicating that the frame shouldn't be modified, but still running it through the transmit handlers to populate the control information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c99445b1 |
|
14-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: improve powersave documentation There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9d173fc5 |
|
14-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: fix mac80211.h documentation warnings There were some warnings about missing documentation and a missing reference. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ab13315a |
|
12-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add U-APSD client support Add Unscheduled Automatic Power-Save Delivery (U-APSD) client support. The idea is that the data frames from the client trigger AP to send the buffered frames with ACs which have U-APSD enabled. This decreases latency and makes it possible to save even more power. Driver needs to use IEEE80211_HW_UAPSD to enable the feature. The current implementation assumes that firmware takes care of the wakeup and hardware needing IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is not yet supported. Tested with wl1251 on a Nokia N900 and Cisco Aironet 1231G AP and running various test traffic with ping. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
05e54ea6 |
|
05-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: create Probe Request template Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which creates the template and drivers send it to hardware. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7044cc56 |
|
05-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add functions to create PS Poll and Nullfunc templates Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211, that way all drivers can benefit from this. Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get() which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible for updating the templates after each association. Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
37eb0b16 |
|
06-Jan-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: Use more generic bitrate mask for rate control Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting which rates can be used in TX rate control. Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled. The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained (but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be removed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e00cfce0 |
|
28-Dec-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Select lowest rate based on basic rate set in AP mode If the basic rate set is configured to not include the lowest rate (e.g., basic rate set = 6, 12, 24 Mbps in IEEE 802.11g mode), the AP should not send out broadcast frames at 1 Mbps. This type of configuration can be used to optimize channel usage in cases where there is no need for backwards compatibility with IEEE 802.11b-only devices. In AP mode, mac80211 was unconditionally using the lowest rate for Beacon frames and similarly, with all rate control algorithms that use rate_control_send_low(), the lowest rate ended up being used for all broadcast frames (and all unicast frames that are sent before association). Change this to take into account the basic rate configuration in AP mode, i.e., use the lowest rate in the basic rate set instead of the lowest supported rate when selecting the rate. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
310bc676 |
|
21-Dec-2009 |
Lukáš Turek <8an@praha12.net> |
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e1781ed3 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> |
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1ed32e4f |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a80f7c0b |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
671adc93 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: remove remaining qual code This removes the remaining users of the rx status 'qual' field and the field itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0f78231b |
|
01-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
47846c9b |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d24deb25 |
|
04-Dec-2009 |
Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add define for TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself. Add a definition of the amount of TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself for its own purposes. Also add BUILD_BUG_ON to validate the value. This define can then be used by drivers to request additional TX headroom in the most efficient manner. Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
827d42c9 |
|
21-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix spurious delBA handling Lennert Buytenhek noticed that delBA handling in mac80211 was broken and has remotely triggerable problems, some of which are due to some code shuffling I did that ended up changing the order in which things were done -- this was commit d75636ef9c1af224f1097941879d5a8db7cd04e5 Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100 mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session and other parts were already present in the original commit d92684e66091c0f0101819619b315b4bb8b5bcc5 Author: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Date: Mon Jan 28 14:07:22 2008 +0200 mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add delBA from recipient support The first problem is that I moved a BUG_ON before various checks -- thereby making it possible to hit. As the comment indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since the ampdu_action callback must already exist when the state is != IDLE. The second problem isn't easily exploitable but there's a race condition due to unconditionally setting the state to OPERATIONAL when a delBA frame is received, even when no aggregation session was ever initiated. All the drivers accept stopping the session even then, but that opens a race window where crashes could happen before the driver accepts it. Right now, a WARN_ON may happen with non-HT drivers, while the race opens only for HT drivers. For this case, there are two things necessary to fix it: 1) don't process spurious delBA frames, and be more careful about the session state; don't drop the lock 2) HT drivers need to be prepared to handle a session stop even before the session was really started -- this is true for all drivers (that support aggregation) but iwlwifi which can be fixed easily. The other HT drivers (ath9k and ar9170) are behaving properly already. Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8c0c709e |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags The RX flags should soon be used only for flags that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7351c6bd |
|
18-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: request TX status where needed Right now all frames mac80211 hands to the driver have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set to request TX status. This isn't really necessary, only the injected frames need TX status (the latter for hostapd) so move setting this flag. The rate control algorithms also need TX status, but they don't require it. Also, rt2x00 uses that bit for its own purposes and seems to require it being set for all frames, but that can be fixed in rt2x00. This doesn't really change anything for any drivers but in the future drivers using hw-rate control may opt to not report TX status for frames that don't have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00 bits] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af65cd96 |
|
17-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make software rate control optional Some devices implement the entire rate control in firmware in some way, like wl1271 or like iwlwifi which does some things in software but not a lot. Therefore generic software rate control is rather useless for them and just adds avoidable overhead to the transmit path. It's fairly simple to let drivers indicate that they do not need rate control, but they need to fulfil a number of conditions that we encode in WARN_ONs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c951ad35 |
|
15-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas The entire aggregation code currently operates on the hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step preparing for that make the aggregation code callable with the station, or by the combination of virtual interface and station address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
599bf6a4 |
|
15-Nov-2009 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add the total ampdu length to tx info Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af818581 |
|
06-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5ed176e1 |
|
04-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c27f2fde |
|
29-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate qual value This value is unused by mac80211, because it was only be used by wireless extensions, and turned out to not be useful there because the quality value needs to be comparable between scan results and the current value which is impossible when the qual value is calculated taking into account noise, for example. Since it is unused anyway, this patch deprecates it in the hope that drivers will remove their sometimes quite expensive calculations of the value. I'm open to actual uses of the value, but the best way of using it seems to be what the Intel drivers do which should probably be generalised if we have noise values from the hardware. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eddcbb94 |
|
29-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: introduce ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small static inline wrapper around the new one to not break all drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0869aea0 |
|
28-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e36e49f7 |
|
13-Oct-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_rx_ni() ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This function must be used when in process context. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d20ef63d |
|
11-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: document ieee80211_rx() context requirement ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx() and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same time. It may be possible to remove this requirement after a careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet processing to process context in mac80211, instead of to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
103bf9f7 |
|
20-Aug-2009 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_rx namespace hack With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f424afa1 |
|
17-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove deprecated API All but two drivers have now stopped using the two deprecated members radio_enabled and beacon_int, so it's about time to remove them for good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3ac64bee |
|
17-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ad5351db |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow DMA optimisation If we have a lot of frames to transmit at once, for instance with fragmentation, it can be an optimisation to only tell the DMA engine about them on the last fragment/frame to avoid banging the IO too much. This patch allows implementation such an optimisation by telling the driver when more frames can be expected. Currently, this is used by mac80211 only on fragmented frames, but could also be used in the future on other frames when the queue was full and there are multiple frames pending. Note that drivers need to be careful when using this flag, they need to kick their DMA engines not just when this flag is clear, but also when the queue gets full so that progress can be made. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ab5b5342 |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: document TX powersave filter requirements This documents what's required to implement that TX powersave filter properly wrt. handling hardware queues. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c555b9b3 |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: explain TX retry and status Add some more documentation including an example so that it's clearer what should be done for TX retries. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e3b90ca2 |
|
04-Aug-2009 |
Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru> |
mac80211: FIF_PSPOLL filter flag When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211 implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames. It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations reliably. The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode. And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other control ones, but only PS Poll ones. This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames". This flag is passed to the driver: A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode. B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in addition to it). Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
42935eca |
|
29-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: redefine usage of the mac80211 workqueue The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211 takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never really had requirements on drivers for how they should use the workqueue in consideration for suspend. We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue: * ieee80211_queue_work() * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work() These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211 flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times, but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the suspend cycle. Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work in the mac80211 stop() callback. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3fa52056 |
|
24-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix PS-poll response, race When a station queries us for a PS-poll response, we wrongly queue the frame on the virtual interface's queue rather than the pending queue. Additionally, fix a race condition where we could potentially send multiple frames to the sleeping station due to using a station flag rather than a packet flag. When converting to a packet flag, we can also convert p54 and remove the filter clearing we added for it. (Also remove a now dead function) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3b8d81e0 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4c6d4f5c |
|
16-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: add helper for management / no-ack frame rate decision All current rate control algorithms agree to send management and no-ack frames at the lowest rate. They also agree to do this when sta and the private rate control data is NULL. We add a hlper to mac80211 for this and simplify the rate control algorithm code. Developers wishing to make enhancements to rate control algorithms are for broadcast/multicast can opt to not use this in their gate_rate() mac80211 callback. Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Cc: ipw3945-devel@lists.sourceforge.net Cc: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org> Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Cc: Derek Smithies <derek@indranet.co.nz> Cc: Chittajit Mitra <Chittajit.Mitra@Atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b770b43e |
|
16-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: drop frames for sta with no valid rate When we're associated we should be able to send data to target sta. If we cannot we may be trying to use the incorrect band to talk to the sta. Lets catch any such cases, warn, and drop the frames to not invalidate assumptions being made on rate control algorithms when they have a valid sta to communicate with. Any such cases should be handled and fixed. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aff89a9b |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: introduce nl80211 testmode command This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and shouldn't be enabled in most kernels. The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode multicast group). I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement the testmode command. Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and the testmode command only serves as an example of how to use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their own internal fabrication and validation tools. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f1d58c25 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8f77f384 |
|
07-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: do not pass PS frames out of mac80211 again In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption is used. Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also fixes a problem where frames for that particular station could be reordered when some were still on the software queues and older ones are re-injected into the software queue after them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1f87f7d3 |
|
02-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: add rfkill support To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed, simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e535c756 |
|
23-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate conf.beacon_int properly Ivo has updated the driver to no longer use the change flag, so we can remove that, but rt2x00 and ath5k still use the actual value so let's mark it as deprecated too. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e31a16d6 |
|
21-May-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
wireless: move some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211 The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211. Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers to be also benefit from these utility functions. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cce4c77b |
|
19-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix kernel-doc Moving information from config_interface to bss_info_changed removed struct ieee80211_if_conf which the documentation still refers to, additionally there's one kernel-doc description too much and one other missing, fix all this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
44033f80 |
|
08-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_ht_bss_info This struct is no longer used (and hasn't been for a while). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9ed6bcce |
|
08-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move HT operation mode BSS info There really is no need to have a separate struct for a single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5cff20e6 |
|
28-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: tell driver when idle When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing anything, aka being idle, means: * no monitor interfaces * no AP/mesh/wds interfaces * any station interfaces are in DISABLED state * any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network * we aren't trying to scan By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change, we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save power. Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped completely. This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here when we need to be able to wake up with low latency. One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this: phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1 wlan0 direct probe responded wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: authenticated > phy0: device now idle > phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1) wlan0: associated Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what happens. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2d0ddec5 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes config_interface and rolls all the information it previously passed to drivers into bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
57c4d7b4 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up beacon interval settings We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs: hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is rather confusing, even though the former is used when we beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to an AP. This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily. NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all drivers, some are updated in this patch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9ccebe61 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rename max_sleep_interval to max_sleep_period Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
04fe2037 |
|
22-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: calculate maximum sleep interval The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger) and the required networking latency (it must be small enough to fulfil those constraints). This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver. Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at most that long. Note that the device is responsible for aligning the maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them. Also, group some powersave documentation together and make it more explicit that we support managed mode only, and no IBSS powersaving (yet). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e255d5eb |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_DYNPS_TIMEOUT Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient for changes in the power saving things. The driver already tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the "have dynps support" hw flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d3236553 |
|
20-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: clean up includes Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h) and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to a new header net/regulatory.h. The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections. There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling and some very minor documentation fixes. I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly in a file that only had my copyright line. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
955394c9 |
|
16-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: document powersaving/beacon filter future Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power. We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it, fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f2753ddb |
|
14-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add hardware restart function Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information, etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let mac80211 help them. The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
de95a54b |
|
01-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: pass all probe request IEs to driver Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass the locally generated ones as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e4e72fb4 |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211/iwlwifi: move virtual A-MDPU queue bookkeeping to iwlwifi This patch removes all the virtual A-MPDU-queue bookkeeping from mac80211. Curiously, iwlwifi already does its own bookkeeping, so it doesn't require much changes except where it needs to handle starting and stopping the queues in mac80211. To handle the queue stop/wake properly, we rewrite the software queue number for aggregation frames and internally to iwlwifi keep track of the queues that map into the same AC queue, and only talk to mac80211 about the AC queue. The implementation requires calling two new functions, iwl_stop_queue and iwl_wake_queue instead of the mac80211 counterparts. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Reinette Chattre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cd8ffc80 |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix aggregation to not require queue stop Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation (which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb queue once aggregation is turned on successfully. We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in a follow-up patch. This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being established, but only after it has been fully established. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b1720231 |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: unify and fix TX aggregation start When TX aggregation becomes operational, we do a number of steps: 1) print a debug message 2) wake the virtual queue 3) notify the driver Unfortunately, 1) and 3) are only done if the driver is first to reply to the aggregation request, it is, however, possible that the remote station replies before the driver! Thus, unify the code for this and call the new function ieee80211_agg_tx_operational in both places where TX aggregation can become operational. Additionally, rename the driver notification from IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME to IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2b874e83 |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rate control status only for controlled packets This patch changes mac80211 to not notify the rate control algorithm's tx_status() method when reporting status for a packet that didn't go through the rate control algorithm's get_rate() method. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
04de8381 |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add beacon filtering support Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9050bdd8 |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: disable power save when scanning When software scanning we need to disable power save so that all possible probe responses and beacons are received. For hardware scanning assume that hardware will take care of that and document that assumption. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b3a90285 |
|
18-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: kill IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME No drivers use it any more, so it can now be removed safely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
51b38147 |
|
12-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reduce max number of queues No hw/driver actually supports more than four queues right now, and we allocate a number of things per queue which means we waste a bit of memory. Reduce the maximum number to four to accurately reflect what we do (and need for QoS). Even if we had hardware supporting more queues we couldn't take advantage of that right now anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
176be728 |
|
12-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_num_regular_queues This inline is useless and actually makes the code _longer_ rather than shorter. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
80e775bf |
|
20-Feb-2009 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
mac80211: Add software scan notifiers This adds optional notifier functions for software scan. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
81cb7623 |
|
11-Feb-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Extend the rate control API with an update callback The AP can switch dynamically between 20/40 Mhz channel width, in which case we switch the local operating channel, but the rate control algorithm is not notified. This patch adds a new callback to indicate such changes to the RC algorithm. Currently, HT channel width change is notified, but this callback can be used to indicate any new requirements that might come up later on. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
96f5e66e |
|
11-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix aggregation for hardware with ampdu queues Hardware with AMPDU queues currently has broken aggregation. This patch fixes it by making all A-MPDUs go over the regular AC queues, but keeping track of the hardware queues in mac80211. As a first rough version, it actually stops the AC queue for extended periods of time, which can be removed by adding buffering internal to mac80211, but is currently not a huge problem because people rarely use multiple TIDs that are in the same AC (and iwlwifi currently doesn't operate as AP). This is a short-term fix, my current medium-term plan, which I hope to execute soon as well, but am not sure can finish before .30, looks like this: 1) rework the internal queuing layer in mac80211 that we use for fragments if the driver stopped queue in the middle of a fragmented frame to be able to queue more frames at once (rather than just a single frame with its fragments) 2) instead of stopping the entire AC queue, queue up the frames in a per-station/per-TID queue during aggregation session initiation, when the session has come up take all those frames and put them onto the queue from 1) 3) push the ampdu queue layer abstraction this patch introduces in mac80211 into the driver, and remove the virtual queue stuff from mac80211 again This plan will probably also affect ath9k in that mac80211 queues the frames instead of passing them down, even when there are no ampdu queues. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2a519311 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: scanning (and mac80211 update to use it) This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct, but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7b08b3b4 |
|
05-Feb-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Remove TSF atomic requirement from the documentation The atomic requirement for the TSF callbacks is outdated. get_tsf() is only called by ieee80211_rx_bss_info() which is indirectly called by the work queue ieee80211_sta_work(). In the same context are called several other non-atomic functions, too. And the atomic requirement causes problems for drivers of USB wifi cards. Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7fee5372 |
|
30-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove HW_SIGNAL_DB Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a little fishy anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3b5d665b |
|
23-Jan-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Generic TSF debugging This patch enables low-level driver independent debugging of the TSF and remove the driver specific things of ath5k and ath9k from the debugfs. Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c771c9d8 |
|
23-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add interface list lock Using only the RTNL has a number of problems, most notably that ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and other interface list traversals cannot be done from the internal workqueue because it needs to be flushed under the RTNL. This patch introduces a new mutex that protects the interface list against modifications. A more detailed explanation is part of the code change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9a95371a |
|
22-Jan-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: allow mac80211 drivers to get to struct ieee80211_hw from wiphy If a driver is given a wiphy and it wants to get to its private mac80211 driver area it can use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() to get first to its ieee80211_hw and then access the private structure via hw->priv. The wiphy_priv() is already being used internally by mac80211 and drivers should not use this. This can be helpful in a drivers reg_notifier(). Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
078e1e60 |
|
22-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: Add capability to enable/disable beaconing This patch adds a flag to notify drivers to start and stop beaconing when needed, for example, during a scan run. Based on Sujith's first patch to do the same, but now disables beaconing for all virtual interfaces while scanning, has a separate change flag and tracks user-space requests. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2134e7e7 |
|
21-Jan-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add documentation bits for mac80211_rate_control_flags Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
881d948c |
|
21-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: restrict to 32 legacy rates Since the standards only define 12 legacy rates, 32 is certainly a sane upper limit and we don't need to use u64 everywhere. Add sanity checking that no more than 32 rates are registered and change the variables to u32 throughout. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5f936f11 |
|
20-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: constify ieee80211_if_conf.bssid Then one place can be a static const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6dd1bf31 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: document return codes from ops callbacks For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and punctuation differences. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4375d083 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Add driver capability flag for MFP This allows user space to determine whether a driver supports MFP and behave properly without having to ask user to configure this in MFP-optional mode. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1f7d77ab |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Optional software CCMP for management frames If driver/firmware/hardware does not support CCMP for management frames, it can now request mac80211 to take care of encrypting and decrypting management frames (when MFP is enabled) in software. The will need to add this new IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag when a CCMP key is being configured for TX side and return the undecrypted frames on RX side without RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag to use software CCMP for management frames (but hardware for data frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3cfcf6ac |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4be8c387 |
|
07-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: extend/document powersave API This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different flags: * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support * IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the various flags. Additionally, it fixes a few things: * a spot where && was used to test flags * enable CONF_PS only when associated again Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
46f2c4bd |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move dynamic PS timeout to hardware config This will be needed for drivers that set the IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS flag and still want to handle dynamic PS. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4797938c |
|
07-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up channel type config The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require reprogramming the hardware anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2bf30fab |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove user_power_level from driver API I missed this during review of "mac80211: Fix tx power setting", the user_power_level shouldn't be available to the driver but rather be an internal value used to calculate the value for the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dc822b5d |
|
28-Dec-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up set_key callback The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a vif struct. Change that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k] Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00] Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54] Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945] Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e3c92df0 |
|
24-Dec-2008 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix tx power setting power_level in ieee80211_conf is being used for more than one purpose. It being used as user configured power limit and the final power limit given to the driver. By doing so, except very first time, the tx power limit is taken from min(chan->max_power, local->hw.conf.power_level) which is not what we want. This patch defines a new memeber in ieee80211_conf which is meant only for user configured power limit. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
285256a5 |
|
23-Dec-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: no need for ht.enabled We can simply use conf_is_ht() check where needed. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
10c806b3 |
|
23-Dec-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: add HT conf helpers In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small helpers to let drivers figure that out. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b6b50a21 |
|
09-Jan-2009 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211: more kernel-doc fixes Fix (delete) more mac80211 kernel-doc: Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//include/net/mac80211.h:375): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'retry_count' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info' Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//net/mac80211/sta_info.h:308): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'last_txrate' description in 'sta_info' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
520eb820 |
|
18-Dec-2008 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: implement dynamic power save This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some require the host to do it. The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms: iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware. It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle. In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS. Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0fb8ca45 |
|
12-Dec-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
094d05dc |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix HT channel selection HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a PHY property and cannot be per-BSS. Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
89fad578 |
|
09-Dec-2008 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: integrate sta_notify_ps cmds into sta_notify This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function, which can be used to notify the driver about every power state transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality back into the original sta_notify callback. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f546638c |
|
08-Dec-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove fragmentation offload functionality There's no driver that actually does fragmentation on the device, and the callback is buggy (when it returns an error, mac80211's fragmentation status is changed so reading the frag threshold from userspace reads the new value despite the error). Let's just remove it, if we really find some hardware supporting it we can add it back later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7ba1c04e |
|
08-Dec-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve sta_notify documentation Mention more possible STA entries and document the atomic requirement. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8bef7a10 |
|
30-Nov-2008 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: document ieee80211_tx_info.pad Fixes htmldocs warning: Warning(mac80211.h:379): No description found for parameter 'pad[2]' Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4571d3bf |
|
29-Nov-2008 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: add sta_notify_ps callback This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54. Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely. Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback, so that we can update the filter state. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
72bdcf34 |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add frequency configuration (including HT40) This patch adds new NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY attributes NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SEC_CHAN_OFFSET to allow userspace to set the operating channel (e.g., hostapd for AP mode). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
62727101 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: add explicit padding in struct ieee80211_tx_info Otherwise, the BUILD_BUG_ON calls in ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status can fail on some architectures. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0ed94eaa |
|
07-Nov-2008 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211: remove more excess kernel-doc Delete kernel-doc struct descriptions for fields that don't exist: Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1263): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'conf_ht' description in 'ieee80211_ops' Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'addr' description in 'sta_info' Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'aid' description in 'sta_info' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4821277f |
|
03-Nov-2008 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix BUILD_BUG_ON() caused by misalignment on arm On ARM alignment is done slightly different from other architectures. struct ieee80211_tx_rate is aligned to word size, even though it only has 3 single-byte members, which triggers the BUILD_BUG_ON in ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status This patch marks the struct ieee80211_tx_rate as packed, so that ARM behaves like the other architectures. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8e3bad65 |
|
17-Nov-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_notify_mac Before ieee80211_notify_mac() was added, it was presented with the use case of using it to tell mac80211 that the association may have been lost because the firmware crashed/reset. Since then, it has also been used by iwlwifi to (slightly) speed up re-association after resume, a workaround around the fact that mac80211 has no suspend/resume handling yet. It is also not used by any other drivers, so clearly it cannot be necessary for "good enough" suspend/resume. Unfortunately, the callback suffers from a severe problem: It only works for station mode. If suspend/resume happens while in IBSS or any other mode (but station), then the callback is pointless. Recently, it has created a number of locking issues, first because it required rtnl locking rather than RCU due to calling sleeping functions within the critical section, and now because it's called by iwlwifi from the mac80211 workqueue that may not use the rtnl because it is flushed under rtnl. (cf. http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12046) I think, therefore, that we should take a step back, remove it entirely for now and add the small feature it provided properly. For suspend and resume we will need to introduce new hooks, and for the case where the firmware was reset the driver will probably simply just pretend it has done a suspend/resume cycle to get mac80211 to reprogram the hardware completely, not just try to connect to the current AP again in station mode. When doing so, we will need to take into account locking issues and possibly defer to schedule_work from within mac80211 for the resume operation, while the suspend operation must be done directly. Proper suspend/resume should also not necessarily try to reconnect to the current AP, the time spent in suspend may have been short enough to not be disconnected from the AP, mac80211 will detect that the AP went out of range quickly if it did, and if the association is lost then the AP will disassoc as soon as a data frame is sent. We might also take into account WWOL then, and have mac80211 program the hardware into such a mode where it is available and requested. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8469cdef |
|
28-Oct-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add a new event in ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action Send a notification to the driver on succesful reception of an ADDBA response, add IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME for this purpose. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
41bb73ee |
|
28-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove SSID driver code Remove the SSID from the driver API since now there is no driver that requires knowing the SSID and I think it's unlikely that any hardware design that does require the SSID will play well with mac80211. This also removes support for setting the SSID in master mode which will require a patch to hostapd to not try. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e25cf4a6 |
|
23-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix two kernel-doc warnings One parameter wasn't described and one I forgot to update when renaming it; also update TBDs in sta_info. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b30b1fe |
|
23-Oct-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Re-enable aggregation Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that set ampdu_queues. This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e37d4dff |
|
20-Oct-2008 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: fix a few typos in mac80211 kernel doc Correct a handful of errors found while reading the mac80211 book. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
50fb2e45 |
|
16-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove rate_control_clear "Clearing" the rate control algorithm is pointless, none of the algorithms actually uses this operation and it's not even invoked properly for all channel switching. Also, there's no need to since rate control algorithms work per station. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e6a9854b |
|
20-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ae5eb026 |
|
14-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rewrite HT handling The HT handling has the following deficiencies, which I've (partially) fixed: * it always uses the AP info even if there is no AP, hence has no chance of working as an AP * it pretends to be HW config, but really is per-BSS * channel sanity checking is left to the drivers * it generally lets the driver control too much HT enabling is still wrong with this patch if you have more than one virtual STA mode interface, but that never happens currently. Once WDS, IBSS or AP/VLAN gets HT capabilities, it will also be wrong, see the comment in ieee80211_enable_ht(). Additionally, this fixes a number of bugs: * mac80211: ieee80211_set_disassoc doesn't notify the driver any more since the refactoring * iwl-agn-rs: always uses the HT capabilities from the wrong stuff mac80211 gives it rather than the actual peer STA * ath9k: a number of bugs resulting from the broken HT API I'm not entirely happy with putting the HT capabilities into struct ieee80211_sta as restricted to our own HT TX capabilities, but I see no cleaner solution for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bda3933a |
|
10-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move bss_conf into vif Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can access it during ->tx without having to store it in the private data or similar. No driver updates because this is only for when they want to start using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9124b077 |
|
14-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make retry limits part of hw config Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback with a new flag to change retry limits. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e8975581 |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0f4ac38b |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: kill hw.conf.antenna_sel_{rx,tx} Never actually used. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d9fe60de |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
802.11: clean up/fix HT support This patch cleans up a number of things: * the unusable definition of the HT capabilities/HT information information elements * variable names that are hard to understand * mac80211: move ieee80211_handle_ht to ht.c and remove the unused enable_ht parameter * mac80211: fix bug with MCS rate 32 in ieee80211_handle_ht * mac80211: fix bug with casting the result of ieee80211_bss_get_ie to an information element _contents_ rather than the whole element, add size checking (another out-of-bounds access bug fixed!) * mac80211: remove some unused return values in favour of BUG_ON checking * a few minor other things Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7a5158ef |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix short slot handling This patch makes mac80211 handle short slot requests from the AP properly. Also warn about uses of IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME and optimise out the code since it cannot ever be hit anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e87a2fee |
|
06-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove max_antenna_gain config The antenna gain isn't exactly configurable, despite the belief of some unnamed individual who thinks that the EEPROM might influence it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3db59438 |
|
06-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove wiphy_to_hw This isn't used by anyone, if we ever need it we can add it back, until then it's useless. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea2d8b59 |
|
27-Oct-2008 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211.h: fix kernel-doc excesses Fix mac80211.h kernel-doc: it had some extra parameters that were no longer valid and incorrect format for a return value in 2 places. Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1487): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_beacon_get' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1596): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_get_buffered_bc' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1632): Excess function parameter or struct member 'rc4key' description in 'ieee80211_get_tkip_key' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1735): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1775): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e1a65b58 |
|
13-Oct-2008 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211: fixme for kernel-doc Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h. Fields need real explanations added to them. Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'icv_len' Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'iv_len' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
870abdf6 |
|
05-Oct-2008 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add multi-rate retry support This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how many alternate rate selections the driver supports. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
76708dee |
|
05-Oct-2008 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: free up 2 bytes in skb->cb Free up 2 bytes in skb->cb to be used for multi-rate retry later. Move iv_len and icv_len initialization into key alloc. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4b7679a5 |
|
18-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
25d834e1 |
|
12-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix virtual interfaces vs. injection Currently, virtual interface pointers passed to drivers might be from monitor interfaces and as such completely uninitialised because we do not tell the driver about monitor interfaces when those are created. Instead of passing them, we should therefore indicate to the driver that there is no information; do that by passing a NULL value and adjust drivers to cope with it. As a result, some mac80211 API functions also need to cope with a NULL vif pointer so drivers can still call them unconditionally. Also, when injecting frames we really don't want to pass NULL all the time, if we know we are the source address of a frame and have a local interface for that address, we can to use that interface. This also helps with processing the frame correctly for that interface which will help the 802.11w implementation. It's not entirely correct for VLANs or WDS interfaces because there the MAC address isn't unique, but it's already a lot better than what we do now. Finally, when injecting without a matching local interface, don't assign sequence numbers at all. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
687c7c08 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share sta_info->ht_info Rate control algorithms may need access to a station's HT capabilities, so share the ht_info struct in the public station API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
323ce79a |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share sta->supp_rates As more preparation for a saner rate control algorithm API, share the supported rates bitmap in the public API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
17741cdc |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
05c914fe |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
96dd22ac |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: inform driver of basic rateset Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5bc75728 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix scan vs. interface removal race When we remove an interface, we can currently end up having a pointer to it left in local->scan_sdata after it has been set down, and then with a hardware scan the scan completion can try to access it which is a bug. Alternatively, a scan that started as a hardware scan may terminate as though it was a software scan, if the timing is just right. On SMP systems, software scan also has a similar problem, just canceling the delayed work and setting a flag isn't enough since it may be running concurrently; in this case we would also never restore state of other interfaces. This patch hopefully fixes the problems by always invoking ieee80211_scan_completed or requiring it to be invoked by the driver, I suspect the drivers that have ->hw_scan() are buggy. The bug will not manifest itself unless you remove the interface while hw-scanning which will also turn off the hw, and then add a new interface which will be unusable until you scan once. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b2e1b302 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fe3fa827 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make conf_tx non-atomic The conf_tx callback currently needs to be atomic, this requirement is just because it can be called from scanning. This rearranges it slightly to only update while not scanning (which is fine, we'll be getting beacons when associated) and thus removes the atomic requirement. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9f1ba906 |
|
07-Aug-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211/cfg80211: Add BSS configuration options for AP mode This change adds a new cfg80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to allow AP mode BSS parameters to be changed from user space (e.g., hostapd). The drivers using mac80211 are expected to be modified with separate changes to use the new BSS info parameter for short slot time in the bss_info_changed() handler. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6b644e52 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_get_hdrlen All users have been moved over to the version taking a le16 frame control rather than a cpu-endian value. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b4f28bbb |
|
30-Jul-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: add rx status flag for short preamble and use it for the radiotap header Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
92ab8535 |
|
24-Jul-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_queue_stopped) This patch adds ieee80211_queue_stopped that let drivers to query queue status Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
546c80c9 |
|
14-Aug-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: remove kdoc references to IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE was made unnecessary in the recent revamp on beacon configuration. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea95bba4 |
|
17-Jul-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: make listen_interval be limited by low level driver This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used. Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
98f7dfd8 |
|
17-Jul-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass dtim_period to low level driver This patch adds the dtim_period in ieee80211_bss_conf, this allows the low level driver to know the dtim_period, and to plan power save accordingly. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d0f09804 |
|
29-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: partially fix skb->cb use This patch fixes mac80211 to not use the skb->cb over the queue step from virtual interfaces to the master. The patch also, for now, disables aggregation because that would still require requeuing, will fix that in a separate patch. There are two other places (software requeue and powersaving stations) where requeue can happen, but that is not currently used by any drivers/not possible to use respectively. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
605a0bd6 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE flag I forgot this in the previous patch that made it unused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
51cb6db0 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
mac80211: Reimplement WME using ->select_queue(). The only behavior change is that we do not drop packets under any circumstances. If that is absolutely needed, we could easily add it back. With cleanups and help from Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f434b2d1 |
|
10-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params Multiple issues: - there are no "default" values needed - cw_min/cw_max can be larger than documented - restructure to decrease size - use get_unaligned_le16 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f591fa5d |
|
10-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix TX sequence numbers This patch makes mac80211 assign proper sequence numbers to QoS-data frames. It also removes the old sequence number code because we noticed that only the driver or hardware can assign sequence numbers to non-QoS-data and especially management frames in a race-free manner because beacons aren't passed through mac80211's TX path. This patch also adds temporary code to the rt2x00 drivers to not break them completely, that code will have to be reworked for proper sequence numbers on beacons. It also moves sequence number assignment down in the TX path so no sequence numbers are assigned to frames that are dropped. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9d139c81 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: revamp beacon configuration This patch changes mac80211's beacon configuration handling to never pass skbs to the driver directly but rather always require the driver to use ieee80211_beacon_get(). Additionally, it introduces "change flags" on the config_interface() call to enable drivers to figure out what is changing. Finally, it removes the beacon_update() driver callback in favour of having IBSS beacon delivered by ieee80211_beacon_get() as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
49292d56 |
|
04-Jul-2008 |
Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> |
mac80211: power management wext hooks This patch implements the power management routines wireless extensions for mac80211. For now we only support switching PS mode between on and off. Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@openedhand.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6ef307bc |
|
03-Jul-2008 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211: fix lots of kernel-doc Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation. Fix a few typos also. Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description corrected. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
429a3805 |
|
01-Jul-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: add block ack request capability This patch adds block ack request capability Signed-off-by: Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
06ff47bc |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: add spectrum capabilities This patch add spectrum capability and required information elements to association request providing AP has requested it and it is supported by the driver Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
23976efe |
|
27-Jun-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't accept WEP keys other than WEP40 and WEP104 This patch makes mac80211 refuse a WEP key whose length is not WEP40 nor WEP104. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
428da765 |
|
24-Jun-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add RTNL warning for workqueue The workqueue provided by mac80211 should not be used for scheduled tasks that acquire the RTNL lock. This could be done when the driver uses the function ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() within the scheduled work. Such behavior will end in locking dependencies problems when an interface is being removed. This patch will add a notification about the RTNL locking and the mac80211 workqueue to prevent driver developers from blindly using it. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ffd7891d |
|
21-Jun-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Let drivers have access to TKIP key offets for TX and RX MIC Some drivers may want to to use the TKIP key offsets for TX and RX MIC so lets move this out. Lets also clear up a bit how this is used internally in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6693be71 |
|
11-Jun-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add utility function to get header length Take a __le16 directly rather than a host-endian value. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c9c6950c |
|
11-Jun-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb return unsigned Many callers already expect it to. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e2530083 |
|
16-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use multi-queue master netdevice This patch updates mac80211 and drivers to be multi-queue aware and use that instead of the internal queue mapping. Also does a number of cleanups in various pieces of the code that fall out and reduces internal mac80211 state size. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eefce91a |
|
16-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: dont allow fragmentation and requeuing on A-MPDU queues There really is no reason for a driver to reject a frame on an A-MPDU queue when it can stop that queue for any period of time and is given frames one by one. Hence, disallow it with a big warning and reduce mac80211-internal state. Also add a warning when we try to fragment a frame destined for an A-MPDU queue and drop it, the actual bug needs to be fixed elsewhere but I'm not exactly sure how to yet. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e039fa4a |
|
14-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2e92e6f2 |
|
14-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
36d6825b |
|
14-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: let drivers wake but not start queues Having drivers start queues is just confusing, their ->start() callback can block and do whatever is necessary, so let mac80211 start queues and have drivers wake queues when necessary (to get packets flowing again right away.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2f561feb |
|
10-May-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces Since commit e38bad4766a110b61fa6038f10be16ced8c6cc38 mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware). This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock, and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name: ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic() So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(). Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically fix the USB rt2x00 drivers. v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
566bfe5a |
|
08-May-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from the wireless extensions. this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future. for signal: IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW for noise we currently only have dBm: IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications to make sense of the signal values. i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing the hardware flags of the driver. DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL ----------------------------------------------------------------- adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?) b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?) iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more p54 unspec 127 n/a missing rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success rt2400 dBm n/a rt2500pci dBm n/a rt2500usb dBm n/a rt61pci dBm n/a rt73usb dBm n/a rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?) rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?) zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e100bb64 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: QoS related cleanups This * makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16 (as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping) * removes the useless queue number defines * splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues * removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters * removes some dead QoS code * removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS so that the drivers now never get a queue number bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1) for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for conf_tx. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
36fc6757 |
|
29-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove queue info from ieee80211_tx_status The queue info in struct ieee80211_tx_status is never used. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
57ffc589 |
|
29-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up get_tx_stats callback The callback takes a ieee80211_tx_queue_stats with a contained array of ieee80211_tx_queue_stats_data, remove the former, rename the latter to ieee80211_tx_queue_stats and make tx_stats() take the array directly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c6adbd21 |
|
17-Apr-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE This adds a new flag to the ieee80211_key_conf structure. This flag will inform the driver the key is pairwise rather then a shared key. This is important for drivers who support both types of keys, and need to be informed which type of key this is. Alternative would be drivers checking the address argument of set_key(), but it will be safer when mac80211 is more explicit. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1c014420 |
|
17-Apr-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Replace ieee80211_tx_control->key_idx with ieee80211_key_conf The hw_key_idx inside the ieee80211_key_conf structure does not provide all the information drivers might need to perform hardware encryption. This is in particular true for rt2x00 who needs to know the key algorithm and whether it is a shared or pairwise key. By passing the ieee80211_key_conf pointer it assures us that drivers can make full use of all information that it should know about a particular key. Additionally this patch updates all drivers to grab the hw_key_idx from the ieee80211_key_conf structure. v2: Removed bogus u16 cast v3: Add warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers v4: Update warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d18ef29f |
|
09-Apr-2008 |
Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> |
mac80211: no BSS changes to driver from beacons processed during scanning There is no need to send BSS changes to driver from beacons processed during scanning. We are more interested in beacons from an AP with which we are associated - these will still be used to send updates to driver as the beacons are received without scanning. This change·removes the requirement that bss_info_changed needs to be atomic. The beacons received during scanning are processed from a tasklet, but if we do not call bss_info_changed for these beacons there is no need for it to be atomic. This function (bss_info_changed) is called either from workqueue or ioctl in all other instances. Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
84363e6e |
|
04-Apr-2008 |
Mohamed Abbas <mabbas@linux.intel.com> |
mac80211: notify mac from low level driver (iwlwifi) Add new API to MAC80211 to allow low level driver to notify MAC with driver status. Signed-off-by: Mohamed Abbas <mabbas@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fff77109 |
|
01-Apr-2008 |
Chr <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: add station aid into ieee80211_tx_control This patch is necessary for the upcoming Accesspoint patch for p54. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
21c0cbe7 |
|
28-Mar-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: add association capabilty and timing info into bss_conf This patch adds assocation capability, timestamp (tsf) and beacon interval to bss_conf. This is required for successful assocation of iwlwifi drivers Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
38668c05 |
|
28-Mar-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: eliminate conf_ht This patch eliminates the use of conf_ht, replacing it with bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9ae4fda3 |
|
20-Mar-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: allows driver to request a Phase 1 RX key This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP decryption. This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves (i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW, if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new phase 1 RX key. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5d2cdcd4 |
|
20-Mar-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: get a TKIP phase key from skb This patch makes mac80211 able to compute a TKIP key from an skb. The requested key can be a phase 1 or a phase 2 key. This is useful for drivers who need to provide tkip key to their HW to enable HW encryption. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6c5ef8a7 |
|
05-Mar-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: document IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT This patch clarifies the use of IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT flag. Can by united with patch "mac80211: adding mac80211_tx_control flags and HT flags" Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
11f4b1ce |
|
04-Mar-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: adding mac80211_tx_control_flags and HT flags This patch makes enum from the defines previously dwelled inside ieee80211_tx_control for better readability. The patch also addes HT flags, for 802.11n drivers: - IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT: request low-level driver to use HT OFDM rates - IEEE80211_TXCTL_GREEN_FIELD: use green field protection - IEEE80211_TXCTL_DUP_DATA: duplicate data on both 20 Mhz channels - IEEE80211_TXCTL_40_MHZ_WIDTH: send this frame in 40Mhz width - IEEE80211_TXCTL_SHORT_GI: send this frame with short guard interval Tx command can be a combination of any of these flags, along with bitrate represented by ieee80211_rate. this will allow legacy drivers to switch easily to any 11n rate representation. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dbbea671 |
|
26-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add documentation book Quite a while ago I started this book. The required kernel-doc patches have since gone into the tree so it is now possible to build the book in mainline. The actual documentation is still rather incomplete and not all things are linked into the book, but this enables us to edit the documentation collaboratively, hopefully driver authors can add documentation based on their experience with mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
902acc78 |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up mesh code Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6032f934 |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add mesh interface type This adds the mesh interface type. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2485f710 |
|
25-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d46e144b |
|
20-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework TX filtered frame code This reworks the code for TX filtered frames, splitting it out to a new function to handle those cases, making the clear instruction a flag and renaming a few things to be easier to understand and less Atheros hardware specific. Finally, it also makes the comments explain more. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9d9bf77d |
|
17-Feb-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> |
mac80211: enable IBSS merging enable IBSS cell merging. if an IBSS beacon with the same channel, same ESSID and a TSF higher than the local TSF (mactime) is received, we have to join its BSSID. while this might not be immediately apparent from reading the 802.11 standard it is compliant and necessary to make IBSS mode functional in many cases. most drivers have a similar behaviour. * move the relevant code section (previously only containing debug code) down to the end of the function, so we can reuse the bss structure. * we have to compare the mactime (TSF at the time of packet receive) rather than the current TSF. since mactime is defined as the time the first data symbol arrived we add the time until byte 24 where the timestamp resides, since this is how the beacon timestamp is defined. as some some drivers are not able to give a reliable mactime we fall back to use the current TSF, which will be enough to catch most (but not all) cases where an IBSS merge is necessary. * in IBSS mode we want to allow beacons to override probe response info so we can correctly do merges. * we don't only configure beacons based on scan results, so change that message. * to enable this we have to let all beacons thru in IBSS mode, even if they have a different BSSID. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c132bec3 |
|
17-Feb-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> |
mac80211: better definition of mactime define mactime as the time when the first data symbol arrived at the HW. the old definition was questionable because 802.11 defines timestamp only for beacon and probe response frames, and there it means the timestamp field. a stricter definition of mactime is necessary for correct merging of IBSS. note that it is up to the driver to convert whatever its hardware returns to this definition. unfortunately we don't know for example when atheros hardware takes its rx timestamp exactly :( Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d0f5afbe |
|
12-Feb-2008 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
mac80211: Extend filter flag documentation about unsupported flags This extends the filter flags documentation to make it clear what clearing a flag really means. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3330d7be |
|
10-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: give burst time in txop rather than 0.1msec units This changes mac80211 to pass the burst time to conf_tx in txop units rather than 0.1msec units. 0.1msec units are only required by atheros hardware (according to current driver support), all other drivers do other calculations or require the txop value. Therefore, it results in fewer calculations and more precision if we just pass the txop value through to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8318d78a |
|
24-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
483fdcec |
|
28-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx change tx_status to support Block Ack data This patch adds fields to ieee80211_tx_status in order to allow block ack information exchange between low-level driver,mac80211 and rate scaling module. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9e723492 |
|
28-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx adding qdisc support This patch allows qdisc support in A-MPDU Tx. a method to handle QoS <-> TID switches is present in this patch. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0df3ef45 |
|
28-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
471b3efd |
|
28-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
51fb61e7 |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move interface type to vif structure Drivers that support mixed AP/STA operation may well need to know the type of a virtual interface when iterating over them. The easiest way to support that is to move the interface type variable into the vif structure. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
32bfd35d |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cdcb006f |
|
07-Jan-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add radio led trigger Some devices have a seperate LED which indicates if the radio is enabled or not. This adds a LED trigger to mac80211 where drivers can hook into when they are interested in radio status changes. v2: Check hw.conf.radio_enabled when calling start(). Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1b7d03ac |
|
25-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx add low level driver API This patch adds the API to perform A-MPDU actions between mac80211 and low level driver. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
62da92fb |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: support getting key sequence counters via cfg80211 This implements cfg80211's get_key() to allow retrieving the sequence counter for a TKIP or CCMP key from userspace. It also cleans up and documents the associated low-level driver interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7d54d0dd |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow easier multicast/broadcast buffering in hardware There are various decisions influencing the decision whether to buffer a frame for after the next DTIM beacon. The "do we have stations in PS mode" condition cannot be tested by the driver so mac80211 has to do that. To ease driver writing for hardware that can buffer frames until after the next DTIM beacon, introduce a new txctl flag telling the driver to buffer a specific frame. While at it, restructure and comment the code for multicast buffering and remove spurious "inline" directives. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
678f5f71 |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up eapol handling in TX path The previous patch left only one user of the ieee80211_is_eapol() function and that user can be eliminated easily by introducing a new "frame is EAPOL" flag to handle the frame specially (we already have this information) instead of doing the (expensive) ieee80211_is_eapol() all the time. Also, allow unencrypted frames to be sent when they are injected. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c49e5ea3 |
|
11-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: conditionally include timestamp in radiotap information This makes mac80211 include the low-level MAC timestamp in the radiotap header if the driver indicated (by a new RX flag) that the timestamp is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d3c990fb |
|
26-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: adding 802.11n configuration flows This patch configures the 802.11n mode of operation internally in ieee80211_conf structure and in the low-level driver as well (through op conf_ht). It does not include AP configuration flows. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
10816d40 |
|
26-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: adding 802.11n HT framework definitions New structures: - ieee80211_ht_info: describing STA's HT capabilities - ieee80211_ht_bss_info: describing BSS's HT characteristics Changed structures: - ieee80211_hw_mode: now also holds PHY HT capabilities for each HW mode - ieee80211_conf: ht_conf holds current self HT configuration ht_bss_conf holds current BSS HT configuration - flag IEEE80211_CONF_SUPPORT_HT_MODE added to indicate if HT use is desired - sta_info: now also holds Peer's HT capabilities Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e38bad47 |
|
28-Nov-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl Interface iteration in mac80211 can be done without holding any locks because I converted it to RCU. Initially, I thought this wouldn't be needed for ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces but it's turning out that multi-BSS AP support can be much simpler in a driver if ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces can be called without holding locks. This converts it to use RCU, it adds a requirement that the callback it invokes cannot sleep. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
dabeb344 |
|
08-Nov-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: provide interface iterator for drivers Sometimes drivers need to know which interfaces are associated with their hardware. Rather than forcing those drivers to keep track of the interfaces that were added, this adds an iteration function to mac80211. As it is intended to be used from the interface add/remove callbacks, the iteration function may currently only be called under RTNL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
56db6c52 |
|
30-Oct-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove unused driver ops The driver operations set_ieee8021x(), set_port_auth() and set_privacy_invoked() are not used by any drivers, except set_privacy_invoked() they aren't even used by mac80211. Remove them at least until we need to support drivers with mac80211 that require getting this information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
830f9038 |
|
28-Oct-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow driver to ask for a rate control algorithm This allows a driver to ask for a specific rate control algorithm. The rate control algorithm asked for must be registered and be available as a module or built-in. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5ecc2a5d |
|
01-Oct-2007 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
[MAC80211]: Update beacon_update callback documentation Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
478f8d2b |
|
30-Sep-2007 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
[MAC80211]: add sta_notify callback This patch adds sta_notify callback and removes sta_table_notification which was not used by any driver. sta_notify() is essential for drivers that keeps notion of station internally and need to be notified about removal or addition of a station to the (I)BSS or assocation to an AP. This version adds interface id to the parameter list as suggested by Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
47f0c502 |
|
27-Sep-2007 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
[MAC80211]: Add association LED trigger Many devices have LEDs to indicate the link status. Export this functionality to drivers. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
628a140b |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove ALG_NONE This "algorithm" is used only internally and is not useful. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f9d540ee |
|
28-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove management interface Removes the management interface since it is only required for hostapd/userspace MLME, will not be in the final tree at least in this form and hostapd/userspace MLME currently do not work against this tree anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a2897552 |
|
28-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: add "invalid" interface type Since I cannot convince the lazy driver authors (hello Michael) to stop (ab)using the MGMT interface type internally in their drivers, this patch introduces a new _INVALID type especially for their use and changes all affected drivers to use it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b4010e08 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: remove generic IE for AP interfaces This is not useful since we do not support probe response offload to hardware at this time and beacons are set in another way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea49c359 |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: remove crypto algorithm typedef The typedef is not required, we can just use "enum ieee80211_key_alg" instead of "ieee80211_key_alg" Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f97df02e |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] wireless networking: move frame inline functions to generic header These inlines are generally useful, not just with mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
75a5f0cc |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1bc0826c |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: renumber and document the hardware flags Currently, hardware flags that drivers must set are not documented well enough. Fix this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0ec3ca44 |
|
16-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: validate VLAN interfaces better This patch changes mac80211 to verify that VLAN interfaces are valid and not bother drivers about them any more. VLAN interfaces are now only valid when an AP interface is up with the same MAC address, and are automatically turned off when the AP interface is set down. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4150c572 |
|
16-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9c7d7728 |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove tx info sw_retry_attempt member This is unused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6b301cdf |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation Add more mac80211 documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c33e3f3b |
|
16-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove IEEE80211_CONF_SSID_HIDDEN The IEEE80211_CONF_SSID_HIDDEN setting is not useful for any driver we have and should be a per-interface setting anyway. Remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
72abd81b |
|
16-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: allow drivers to indicate failed FCS/PLCP checksum This patch allows drivers to indicate bad FCS/PLCP CRC to the stack and have the stack drop packets like that except for monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0795af57 |
|
03-Oct-2007 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
[NET]: Introduce and use print_mac() and DECLARE_MAC_BUF() This is nicer than the MAC_FMT stuff. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c39e3a0d |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove TKIP mixing for hw accel again The TKIP mixing code was added for the benefit of Intel's ipw3945 chipset but that code ended up not using it. We have previously identified many problems with this code and it crystallized that library functions for mixing are likely to handle this in much more generality and might allow b43 to take advantage of hardware acceleration for TKIP. Due to these reasons, remove the TKIP mixing for hardware accelerated crypto operations. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6a7664d4 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove HW_KEY_IDX_INVALID This patch makes the mac80211/driver interface rely only on the IEEE80211_TXCTL_DO_NOT_ENCRYPT flag to signal to the driver whether a frame should be encrypted or not, since mac80211 internally no longer relies on HW_KEY_IDX_INVALID either this removes it, changes the key index to be a u8 in all places and makes the full range of the value available to drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7ac1bd6a |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c15a2050 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove set_key_idx callback No existing drivers use this callback, hence there's no telling how it might be used. In fact, it is unlikely to be of much use as-is because the default key index isn't something that the driver can do much with without knowing which interface it was for etc. And if it needs the key index for the transmitted frame, it can get it by keeping a reference to the key_conf structure and looking it up by hw_key_idx. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7848ba7d |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rework hardware crypto flags This patch reworks the various hardware crypto related flags to make them more local, i.e. put them with each key or each packet instead of into the hw struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b708e610 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove turbo modes This patch removes all mention of the atheros turbo modes that can't possibly work properly anyway since in some places we don't check for them when we should. I have no idea what the iwlwifi drivers were doing with these but it can't possibly have been correct. Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
11a843b7 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rework key handling This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation updates in mac80211.h: 1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the routines used here could be used for that as well. Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys for a specific local MAC address are only ever present while an interface with that MAC address is enabled. 2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all other return values. This allows debugging the stack when a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down. 3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE. 4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't worth it. 5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't. 6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself. 7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring. 8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC address the key is being added for. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f658eb90 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211] key handling: remove default_wep_only Remove the default_wep_only stuff, this wasn't really done well and no current driver actually cares. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8f20fc24 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: embed key conf in key, fix driver interface This patch embeds the struct ieee80211_key_conf into struct ieee80211_key and thus avoids allocations and having data present twice. This required some more changes: 1) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TX_KEY key flag. This flag isn't used by drivers nor should it be since we have a set_key_idx() callback. Maybe that callback needs to be extended to include the key conf, but only a driver that requires it will tell. 2) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY key flag. This flag is global, so it shouldn't be passed in the key conf structure. Pass it to the function instead. Also, this patch removes the AID parameter to the set_key() callback because it is currently unused and the hardware currently cannot know about the AID anyway. I suspect this was used with some hardware that actually selected the AID itself, but that functionality was removed. Additionally, I've removed the ALG_NULL key algorithm since we have ALG_NONE. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7b33a57f |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove unused ioctls (3) The ioctls * PRISM2_PARAM_RADAR_DETECT * PRISM2_PARAM_SPECTRUM_MGMT are not used by hostapd or wpa_supplicant, Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
53cb6700 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove unused ioctls (2) The ioctls * PRISM2_PARAM_STA_ANTENNA_SEL * PRISM2_PARAM_TX_POWER_REDUCTION * PRISM2_PARAM_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY are not used by hostapd or wpa_supplicant. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b2446b36 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove unused ioctls (1) The ioctls * PRISM2_PARAM_ANTENNA_MODE * PRISM2_PARAM_STAT_TIME are not used by hostapd or wpa_supplicant. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3017b80b |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
82f71605 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove radar stuff Unused in drivers, userspace and mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
aaa92e9a |
|
06-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove IEEE80211_HW_DATA_NULLFUNC_ACK Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0ef6e49b |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON flag The flag is never checked because drivers can simply call ieee80211_beacon_get() regardless of setting this flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4dfd1d2f |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove reset callback The callback isn't used so remove it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d9430a32 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org> |
[MAC80211]: implement ERP info change notifications zd1211rw and bcm43xx are interested in being notified when ERP IE conditions change, so that they can reprogram a register which affects how control frames are transmitted. This patch adds an interface similar to the one that can be found in softmac. Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7e9ed188 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org> |
[MAC80211]: improved short preamble handling Similarly to CTS protection, whether short preambles are used for 802.11b transmissions should be a per-subif setting, not device global. For STAs, this patch makes short preamble handling automatic based on the ERP IE. For APs, hostapd still uses the prism ioctls, but the write ioctl has been restricted to AP-only subifs. ieee80211_txrx_data.short_preamble (an unused field) was removed. Unfortunately, some API changes were required for the following functions: - ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - ieee80211_rts_duration - ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - ieee80211_rts_get - ieee80211_ctstoself_get Affected drivers were updated accordingly. Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d5d08def |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
[MAC80211]: Add LONG_RETRY flag to ieee80211_tx_control mac80211 informs the driver what the short and long retry values are through set_retry_limit(), but when packets are being transmitted it did not inform the driver which of the 2 retry limits should actually be used. Instead it sends the actual value, but for drivers that can only set the retry limit and the register and in the descriptor need to indicate which of the limits should be used this is not really useful. This patch will add a IEEE80211_TXCTL_LONG_RETRY_LIMIT flag to the ieee80211_tx_control structure. By default the short retry limit should be used but if the flag is set the long retry should be used. This does not prevent the driver to ignore the request for "no retry" packets, but at least those will be send out with the short retry limit. But there is no perfect cure for this problem.. :( Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
be8755e1 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> |
[MAC80211]: improve locking of sta_info related structures The sta_info code has some awkward locking which prevents some driver callbacks from being allowed to sleep. This patch makes the locking more focused so code that calls driver callbacks are allowed to sleep. It also converts sta_lock to a rwlock. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4480f15c |
|
10-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: clarify some mac80211 things The semantics of not having an add_interface callback are not well defined, this callback is required because otherwise you cannot obtain the requested MAC address of the device. Change the documentation to reflect this, add a note about having no MAC address at all, add a warning that mac_addr in struct ieee80211_if_init_conf can be NULL and finally verify that a few callbacks are assigned by way of BUG_ON() Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c59304b5 |
|
10-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: remove ieee80211_set_aid_for_sta Remove ieee80211_set_aid_for_sta and associated code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f0706e82 |
|
05-May-2007 |
Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> |
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|